本资料来自于资源最齐全的２１世纪教育网www.21cnjy.com
人教版英语教材高一重难点总结
Unit 1 Good Friends
一、语法
Direct and Indirect Speech(1)
直接引语和间接引语
1.直接引语在改为间接引语时，时态需要做相应的调整。
eg: "I broke your CD player."(一般过去时改成过去完成时)
He told me he had broken my CD player.
Jenny said,"I have lost a book."(现在完成时改成过去完成时)
Jenny said she had lost a book.
Mum said,"I’ll go to see a friend."(一般将来时改成过去将来时)
Mum said she would go to see a friend.
He said,"We hadn't finished our homework."(过去完成时保留原有的时态)
He said they hadn't finished their homework.
注意：直接引语是客观真理，过去进行时，时态不变。
2.在直接引语变间接引语时，如果从句中的主语时第一人称或被第一人称所修饰，从句中的人称要按照主句中主语的人称变化。如：
Mary said,"My brother is an engineer."
Mary said her brother was and engineer.
3.直接引语如果是反意疑问句，选择疑问句或一般疑问句，间接引语应改为由whether或if引导的宾语从句。如：
He said,"Can you run, Mike?"
He asked Mike whether/if he could run.
4.直接引语如果是祈使句，间接引语应改为“tell(ask, order, beg等) sb (not) to do sth”句型。如：
"Pass me the water, please."said he.
He asked him to pass her the water.
5.直接引语如果是以“Let's”开头的祈使句，变为间接引语时，通常用“suggest+动名词或从句”的结构。如：
She said,"Let’s go to the cinema."
She suggested going to the cinema.(或She suggested that they should go to the cinema.)
二、聚焦高频考点
1.倒装句型：前句为肯定句，后句用so+谓语+主语，意为“某人也……”。如：
She likes dogs. So do I.
前句为否定句，后句用neither/nor+谓语+主语，意为“某人也不……”。如：
The girl has no brothers or sisters. Neither/Nor have I.
2.lonely, alone和lone
alone=by oneself, without others
lonely=unhappy because one is always away from his family or friends，“孤独地”“寂寞的”，暗示主观上的“孤独”“寂寞”，渴望有伴。也可以表示“地方的荒凉”。
lone也有“孤独的，孤零零的一个”，作定语。
eg: I'm alone but I'm not lonely.
I can see only one lone star in the cloudy sky.
leave sth alone表示“不去理会，不要去管某事”。如：
Leave me alone!别理我!
Let alone“更不用说”。如：
He can't speak Japanese, let alone write it.
作形容词时，alone不能与very连用, 而与much连用，即说much alone或very much alone或all alone；而lonely可与very连用：very lonely.
3.treat sb. as ...把某人当作……来对待
The old man treated the orphan as his own son.
“把某人看作……”有以下几种说法：
regard sb as ...=consider sb as ...=think of sb as ...
“把……误当作……”: take ... for ...如：
People sometimes take a rope for a snake.
4.care about表示“关心，计较，在乎”，一般用于否定句。如：
I don't care about going to the cinema.
care for表示“关心，照料，喜欢”，如：
She cared more for new clothes than for anything else.
5.make friends with sb.和……人交朋友。如：
We have made a lot of friends with the different people all over the world.
6.hunt for“竭力寻找”，在很多情况下，look for与search for或hunt for互换。如：
I hunted for the missing book everywhere.
be after表示“搜寻”“寻找”的状态，不指具体的动作。如：
That's what I am after.
7.such as用来列举同类人或事物中的几个例子，有时可与like互换，但such as用于列举时可分开使用。而for example一般只举同类人或物中的“一个”为例，作插入语，用逗号隔开，可置于句首句中或句末。
My brother likes collecting different kinds of things, such as coins, books.
三、常用词语和句型
1.be into sth.对……感兴趣，非常喜欢……(非正式英语)
eg: I'm not into classical music.
2.be fond of酷爱，非常喜欢，与enjoy相近，比like感情强。
eg: In his life, he is fond of English.
3.boring主语为物，如：
The book is boring.
bored主语为人，如：
He is bored.
4.survive幸存；活下来；残存；继续存在。
He survived the traffic accident.
Only three hundred houses survived the earthquake in that city.
survive作不及物动词，表示“残存；留传”的意思。
The custom still survives in that small village.
四、日常交际用语
Hi there. I'm Joe.
I enjoy singing.
I hate hiking and I'm not into classical music.
I'm fond of dancing.
I'm (not) sure that ...
Perhaps ...
He/She thinks that ... is boring/terrible.
Unit 2 English around the world
一、语法
Direct and Indirect Speech(2)
不定式在间接引语中的运用
祈使句变为间接引语时要将祈使句中的动词原形改为不定式，并在不定式前加上动词ask/tell/order等；若直接引语中的祈使句表示的是命令的口气，间接引语用tell/order; 若祈使句是否定式，则在不定式前加否定词not, 即tell/order sb. not to do sth.如：
"Don't smoke in the room,"he said.
He told me not to smoke in the room.
若直接引语中表示的是请求的口气，间接引语用ask，如：
"Please give the bird clean water every day."My friend said.
My friend asked me to give the bird clean water every day.
"Could you help me with my homework?"she said.
She asked me to help her with her homework.
当直接引语是疑问句时，在转变为间接引语时，应运用疑问词+不定式，在句中作宾语。如：
"When shall we start?"he asked.
He wanted to know when to start.
二、聚焦高频考点
1.a great/good many+可数名词的复数形式，如：
There are a great many Indian words in American English.
a number of+可数名词的复数形式，如：
A number of teachers and students take an active part in the match.
the number of中的number指“总数量”，与复数名词连用，谓语动词用单数。如：
The number of the Doctor and Masters in this primary school is only 20.
2.except for, except, besides, but, but for用法区别
except for用于非同类事物，它的宾语与前述对象不属同类。
eg: The essay is generally good except for some spelling mistakes.
but for=without表示“要不是……”。一般放在句首，表达语气是虚拟的，主句也用虚拟。如：
But for the Party, we would never get a good life.
except和besides用于肯定句时，except表示“除……之外（不再有）”强调除去部分；besides表示“除……之外（还有）”强调还包括的部分。如：
We all went hiking except Jack.(Jack不去)
We all went hiking besides Jack.(Jack也去)
except, besides, but用于否定句时可互换，如：
Nobody could get the certification except/besides/but you.
谓语是do时，except/but后的不定式省去to. 如：
He did nothing but/except stay at home all day.
But前没有do时，but后不定式要带to，如：
We have no choice but to wait.
3.定语从句中关系代词只能用that的情况
1)先行词是all, few, little, much, something, nothing, anything等。如：
That is all that I want to tell you.
2)先行词被all, few, any, every, little, no, some修饰时。如：
I have finished every book (that) my teacher lent me.
3)被序数词或形容词最高级修饰时，如：
The second lesson that she learned will never be forgotten.
4)先行词被only, the very, the same, the last修饰时，如：
He is the only one that I want to see.
5)先行词既有人又有物时，如：
We were talking of things and persons that we remembered in the liberated area.
4.as作关系代词或关系副词引导定语从句时，as可作主语，表语，这个定语从句说明或代表整个主句，并可以放在主句之前。如：
As we all know, English is spoken all around the world.(as作宾语)
As is known to all, there is no ghost in the world.(as作主语)
5.助动词do使用不同的时态替代前文提到过的某一动词词组以避免重复。如：
In the same way Americans use the expression "I guess" just as the British did (这里的did替代前面的used the expression “I guess”) 30 years ago.
6.主语+have+(no, little, some, much, great, ...) difficulty/trouble in doing sth.做某事有困难/麻烦。如：
I have no difficulty in getting a job.
三、常用词语和句型
1.More or less 多少；有点儿；或多或少有几分
eg: I hope he can give you more or less help.
The child is more or less tired.
2.mean(meant, meant) 意味；打算；意欲
I'm sorry, I didn't mean to.(我不是故意的)
mean to do打算做……
He meant to have lunch here.
mean sb to do打算做……
I mean you to have dinner with me tonight.
mean (doing) sth打算做……
To him, doing nothing means giving up.
3.communicate with sb.与……人沟通，通信。
My friend often communicates with a foreigner by letter.
communicate sth. to sb.把……通知/告诉某人
I like communicating my plans to him.
4.knowledge知识；认知；消息；knowledge of“了解”
My knowledge of Japanese is so poor.
My cousin has a good knowledge of physics.
5.all around the world=all over/throughout the world
四、日常交际用语
Can you spell that, please?
I beg your pardon?
Could you repeat, please?
How do you say ... in English?
What do you mean by ...?
How do you pronounce ...?
Could you speak a bit slowly, please?
What does ... mena?
Unit 3 Going places
一、语法
The Present Continuous Tense for Future Actions
1.现在进行时表示一般现在时
现在进行时有时用来代替一般现在时，表示一个经常性动作或状态，为了表示一种情感：
eg: He is always helping others.(表示赞许的情感)
She is always lying to me.(表示不满的情感)
或是为了强调情况的暂时性。
eg: I'm walking to school because my bike is broken.
For these three days, we are starting at 8:00.
2.现在进行时可用来表示将来时, 现在进行时表示将来时，即表示按
计划
项目进度计划表范例计划下载计划下载计划下载课程教学计划下载
或安排在最近将要进行的动作。
特别是一些表示“移动性”的动词，如：go, come, arrive, leave, start, fly, get等，常用进行时表示将来时。如：
My mother is leaving for Canada tomorrow.
How long are you staying in Guangzhou?
二、聚焦高频考点
1.consider doing sth.=think of doing sth.“考虑做某事”，如：
I'm considering going abroad for further study.
consider carefully before taking action三思而后行
consider ... (as), regard ... as ..., treat ... as ...都含“认为……是……”意思。
consider侧重“经过考虑而认为”，表示“一种比较客观的看法”, 如：
consider what he said (as) reasonable. 我认为他说的有道理。
regard 指“把……认为”,“把……看作”，表示“以外部形象得出认识或个人的主观认识”，如：
He was regarded as the foremost authority on chemistry. 他被认为是化学最高权威。
treat表示“在某种认识的基础上看待或对待”，重在行动，而不在认识，如：
They will not be treated as enemies.他们不会被当做敌人对待。
2.means=way，方式，方法。
by means of通过；用；借助于，强调方式，方法。如：
Nowadays the Internet is an important means of communication.
今天网络是信息交流的重要工具。
The local army men helped the victims of the earthquake by every means at their command.
当地的军人用一切可能办法帮助地震灾民。
He climbed the tree by means of a ladder.
他用梯子爬上了树。
常用短语：
by all means 一定；务必
by any means 用一切可能的方法或手段
by no means 决不，一点也不
by this means 用这种方法
3.equipment装备；设备；必需品
office equipment办公室设备
Our school has been given some new equipment.
我们学校有了一些赠送的新设备。
A good sleeping bag is an essential part of every campers equipment.
一个完好的睡袋是每个露宿者必不可少的装备。
4.on one hand一方面；on the other hand另一方面,如：
I want to go to the party, but on the other hand I ought to be studying.
我想去参加聚会，但从另一方面来说，我应该留下来学习。
5.get away from ...从……逃离，脱离，离开。如：
He hoped he could get away from the meeting.
get away with ...(不可用被动语态)潜逃，逍遥法外。
Don't expect you can get away with the accident.
6.prefer与to搭配，表示“like sth. better than sth.”如：
I prefer coffee to tea.
Which of these two films do you prefer?
prefer doing sth. to doing sth.(这里的动词用动名词形式)表示相对于后一动作，更喜欢做前一个动作。
I prefer cycling to walking.
prefer to do ... rather than do 宁愿……而不愿
prefer to die rather than surrender
prefer to do ...喜欢做某事，用于只列举一个动作时。
She prefers to be alone.
7.why not ...?=why don't you ...?
Why not go rafting with us?=Why don't you go rafting with us?
8.at the same time同时
at times=sometimes有时
at all times=always随时，无论什么时候
at one time=once从前，曾经
at a time一次，每次
at no time决不，任何时候都不
9.unless：“除非”，“如果……不”
You'll fail in the exam unless you study hard.
= If you don't work hard, you'll fail in the exam.
三、常用词语和句型
1.try doing sth.试着做某事
eg: I tried doing all the things myself.
try to do sth.努力/尽力做某事(但未成功)
eg: The doctor tried to persuade his patient to stop smoking, but failed.
2.experience(n.)经验(不可数名词)；经历；阅历(可数名词)
eg: I don't think he has enough experience for the job.
experience(n.)经验；体验；感受
eg: Many people like traveling to experience life in other countries.
experienced(adj.)有经验的，熟练的
eg: Miss Liu is an experienced English teacher.
3.be popular with ...如：
This dance is popular with young people.
这种舞很受青年人喜爱。
4.instead(adv.)代替
instead of=in place of后跟名词，代词，动名词或介词短语
5.protect ... from ...保护……免受…… 如：
Don't worry. He will protect you from being hurt.
6.have to意为“不得不，必须”，强调客观上的必要；must则侧重于主观上的必要。
7.see sb. off给某人送行
8.separate(adj.)分离的，分开的；单独的。
eg: Cut the apple into three separate parts.
My sister and I sleep in separate beds.
separate(v.)使分离，使分开。
eg: Separate the good ones from the bad.
separate sth. (up) into ... 分开(几分)，分割成(几段)
The farmer separated the land (up) into small fields.
9.watch out for sth. 注意，警惕
eg: Watch out! The bus is coming.
You must watch out for the cars when you cross the car.
四、日常交际用语
Have a nice time in Guangzhou!
Say "Hi" to Bob for me.
Have a good trip.
Unit 4 Unforgettable experiences
一、语法
The Attributive Clause(1)
复习关系代词引导的定语从句
关系代词在定语从句中作主语时，从句谓语动词的人称和数要和先行词保持一致。
1.who, whom, that这些词代替的先行词是人的名词或代词。
eg: Is he the man who/that wants to see you?(who/that在从句中主语)
He is the man whom/that I met yesterday.(who/that在从句中宾语)
2.Whose用来指人或物，(只用作定语，若指物，它还可以同of which互换)如：
Please pass me the book whose cover is blue.
3.which, that所代替的先行词是事物的名词或代词，在从句中可 作主语，宾语等。如：
The book (which/that) my teacher lent me is very interesting.
二、聚焦高频考点
1.be(get) married 表示婚姻状态。如：
They are married.
She got married to a doctor.
如果要表示结婚的时间，可用表示行为动作的连系动词get。
When did he get married?
He got married in 1997.
如果是父母作主，把女儿“嫁”出去，也用marry，如：
She married all her daughters.
She married her daughters to a farmer.
2.occur, happen, take place都含“发生”的意思。
happen为常用词语, 指“一切客观事物或情况的偶然或未能预见地发生”，如：
The accident happened yesterday.
事故发生在昨天。
happen to sb./sth.指不好的事情发生在某人(物)身上
occur属正式用语, 指“按计划使某事或效果发生”，通常所指的时间和事件都比较确定，在以具体事物,事件作主语时，可与happen 互换，如：
These events occurred in 1909.
这些事件发生于1909年。
occur to sb./sth.指“某种思想等呈现于某人的知觉中”，如：
Didn't it occur to you to phone him about it?
take place 指“发生事先计划或预想到的事物”，如：
The meeting took place at 8:00 as planned.
按计划会议在八点举行了。
3.be on fire着火，表状态。如：
Look out! The pan is on fire.
catch fire 表动作
eg: The house caught fire last night.
on the fire指的是炉火
eg: The pan was on the fire.
4.现在分词作状语表示伴随情况。句中有两个以上的动作，除主要动作用谓语动词表示外，另一个伴随动作均可用现在分词来表达。如：
The next moment the first wave swept her down, swallowing the garden.
Before they reached the house, a new great wave came, sweeping down trees, and sweeping them down too.
I sat at the gate, waiting for my mum.
三、常用词语和句型
1.remember to do sth. 记着做还没做过的事情。
eg: She'll remember to send the letter for you.
2.remember doing sth.对做过的事情还记得。
eg: I remember having met you before.
remember sb. to ...代……问好/问候。如：
Remember me to your parents.
3.used to“表示过去常常做……”该动作不是没有反复性。
注意used to的否定式和疑问句：
I used not to like classical music.(此时used to作情态动词)
I didn't use to like classical music.
Used you to like opera?(此时used to作情态动词)
Did you use to like opera?
四、日常交际用语
Help!
I'm afraid to ...
I'm afraid.
It scares me.
Don't worry.
Don't be afraid.
It'll be OK/all right.
It's all right!
Well done.
You can do it!
Come on!
That's better./Keep trying.
Unit 5 The silver screen
一、语法
The Attributive Clause(2)
复习由介词和关系代词共同引导的定语从句以及由关系副词where, when, why引导的定语从句。
“介词+关系代词”可以引导限制性定语从句，也可以引导非限制性定语从句。这个结构中的介词可以是in, on, about, from, for, with, to, at, of, without等，关系代词只可用whom或which,不可用that，且介词后面的关系词不能省略。另外某些在从句中充当时间，地点或原因状语的“介词+关系代词” 结构可以同关系副词when和where互换。
eg: This is the house in which my mum and I used to live.
This is the house where (that) my mum and I used to live.
I'll remember the days in which you stayed with me.
I'll remember the days when (that) you stayed with me.
Is this the reason why (that) she was late?
Is this the reason for which she was late?
二、聚焦高频考点
1.play an (important) role in=play an (important) part in 在……起(重要)作用，担任……(重要)角色。如：
China is playing an important part in international trading.
Keanu Reeves played an important role in Speed.
2.owe表示“负债”，如：
Don't forget you still owe me 5000 RMB!
owe ... to“感激；把……归功于……”
The director owed his success to his family.
3.afford买得起
eg: He can afford an apartment.
他能买得起一套住房。
afford经受得住；承担得起
eg: Can you afford $12000 for ...?
你花得起12000美元买……吗？
I can't afford three weeks away from work.
我无法丢下工作三星期。
afford提供；给予
eg: The transaction afforded him a good profit.
这笔买卖使他赚了一大笔。
eg: He told me that the firm could not afford to pay such large salaries.
他告诉我公司无法支付如此巨额的工资。
4.fail to do sth.不能, 不(做), 忘记；疏忽
eg: He failed to come.
他不能来。
She failed to pass the exam.
她考试不及格。
5.think highly of=sing high praise for高度评价，称赞某人/某物
eg: All the people think highly of her good deeds.
The teacher sang highly of the little boy.
6.make comments on/upon评论某事
eg: We are asked to make comments on the film.
三、常用词语和句型
1.become adult=grow up成长，成人
eg: What are you going to do when you grow up?
grown-up(adj.)成年的
eg: She has two grown-up sons.
2.be famous for以……而闻名
eg: This town is famous for its beautiful buildings.
这个城镇以它那漂亮的建筑而出名。
be famous as作为……而闻名
eg: Keanu Reeves is famous as an actor.
3.cause(vt.)引起，使发生
cause sb. to do sth.
eg: I'm sorry I have caused you so much trouble.
Your words caused him to change his mind.
4.can't help doing sth. 忍不住做某事
eg: I couldn't help laughing at his joke.
5.take one's place“就座”；“代替某人的工作”
eg: After we took our place, the meeting began.
The headmaster asked for a leave and I had to take his place.
四、日常交际用语
You studied /worked /acted at different ...
First…, and then ...
What did you do next?
Finally you found a job as ...
Later on ...
What made you decide to ...?
What roles did you act?
What do you think of the film?
How long have you been working as ...?
Unit6 Good manners
一、Grammar
The Restrictive Attributive Clause and Non-Restrictive Attributive Clause
限制性和非限制性定语从句
限制性定语从句是先行词不可缺少的部分，去掉它主句意思往往不明确；非限制性定语从句是先行词的附加说明，去掉了也不会影响主句的意思，它与主句之间通常用逗号分开。如：
This is the car which we bought last year.
The house, which I bought last week, is very bright.
二、聚焦高频考点
1.mean to do“打算，企图”。
She means to stay here for two more days.
mean doing“意味着”
Missing the plane means waiting for another hour.
2.apologise to sb. for sth./doing sth./what从句,为某事向某人道歉
You should apologise to your teacher for coming late.
I apologise for my mistakes.
I want to apologise for what I've done.
make an apology to sb. for sth. 为某事向某人道歉
She has made an apology to me for her carelessness.
3.forgive(forgave, forgiven)饶恕，豁免，宽恕。常指原谅一个人的过失
Just forgive him!
Don't forgive such a person.
excuse表示语气，程度逐渐加强，指轻微的冒犯，失礼。
Excuse me for being late.
pardon多指较正式，客气的请求。
Please pardon me for stepping you on the foot.
4.at the table餐桌旁
We are discussing a question at the table.
at table在进餐
His family are sitting at table.
on the table在桌面上；公开
The wounded solider are lying on the table.
The manager is going to put the question on the table.
5.advice(不可数名词)
a piece of advice/much advice
give; follow/take; ask for advice提出，接受，征求意见
eg: I usually ask for his advice.
Some people don't like taking others' advice.
advise sb. to do sth.劝告(建议)某人做某事
eg: My mother advised me to listen to BBC news.
Advise+从句(从句用should+动词原形，should可省略)
eg: She advised me that I (should) study hard.
6.be busy with sth.忙于某事
be busy doing sth.忙于做某事
三、常用词语和句型
1.fault(性格上)的缺点，毛病，过错
eg: Talking too much is his greatest fault.
error=mistake(理解，判断上的)错误，误会
eg: She has an error in judging that man.
2.to be surprised被震惊
to one's surprise出乎某人意料的事
in one's surprise(内部)惊奇
3.start with/begin with从……开始
eg: The party started with a song.
end with ...以……结尾
eg: The trip ended with an unhappy quarrel.
4.drink to sb's health为某人的健康干杯
eg: Let's drink to Micky's health.
四、日常交际用语
Forgive me. I'm very sorry.
Oh, that's all right.
I apologise for ...
Oh, well, that's life.
I'm sorry. I didn't mean to ...
It's OK.
Oops. Sorry about that.
Unit 7 Culture relics
一、语法
The Passive Voice(1)
现在完成时被动语态
现在完成时的被动语态结构是“have/has been+过去分词”。如：
Great changes have taken place in China since 1978.
How many new shopping malls have been set up here?
二、聚焦高频考点
1.include包括；包含。如：
Price $14.90, postage included.
价格14.90美元，邮资包括在内。
He had included a large number of funny stories in the speech.
他在讲话中加进了许多引人发笑的故事。
比较以下两个句子：
Eight people hurt in the accident, including three children.
Eight people hurt in the accident, three children included.
2.give in“屈服”“投降”。如：
They prefer to die than give in.
give in“(植物等)枯死，成批死去”
The plants gave in to the cold weather.
with the help of ...“在……的帮助下”如：
With the help of the teacher, the students made great progress last term.
bring back“归还”；“使恢复”如：
Remember to bring back the book tomorrow.
The letter brought back many memories.
3.begin=start,其后都可以跟不定式或动名词做宾语。一般情况下，不定式或动名词可以互换。但以下三种情况只能用不定式：
1)主语是物时
I started/began to cry/crying.
The flower began/start to come out.
2)当begin，start本身是进行时态时
The teacher was beginning to get angry.
3)当非谓语动词是表示心理状态的动词时，如realize, understand, know等。
Finally, she began to realize the importance of English.
4.represent代表
We should choose someone to represent us.
5.“及物动词＋名词＋介词”这种短语动词转换为被动语态时有两种形式。一种是短语动词当作一个及物动词。
eg: They didn't pay any attention to his words.= His words were not paid any attention to.
另一种方式是把短语动词看成“动词＋宾语＋介词”结构。上句可等于: No attention was paid to his words.
6.It+be+adj.+that-clause 这是主语从句句型。主语从句在句中作主语，可置于主句谓语动词之前，但常用it作形式主语，而把它移到主句之后。如：
It is very important that we study English well.
三、常用词语和句型
1.lie(lay, lain, lying)躺
eg: Jack was still lying in bed.
Lie还表示保持在某种状态或位置
eg: Those towns lay in ruins.
2.keep使某人/物保持某种状态
keep the door open
keep the fire burning
keep the child happy
keep on doing继续作某事(含强调重复性和决心)
No matter what happens, just keep on trying.
Keep doing不停地，不断地做某事(表示连续不断的动作或持续的状态)
Why did the baby keep crying?
Keep sb./sth. doing sth.使某人/某物继续做某事
You have kept me waiting so long!
Keep sb./sth. from doing sth.
Sars keeps many people from traveling.
3.主语+be+ said to be ...据说……
eg: The man is said to be a professor before.
It is said that ...据说……
eg: It is said that there is going to be a storm.
4.happen, take place, break out, belong to等不及物动词无被动语态
四、日常交际用语
What shall we put in?
Let's put in ...
What/How about ...?
Can't we put in ...?
Maybe we could put in ...
Why not ...?
Should we put in ...?
I'd like to choose ...
Why don't you ...?
I'd like to ...
Why not ...?
Unit 8 Sports
一、语法
The Passive Voice(2)
一般将来时被动语态
被动语态由助动词“be+过去分词”构成，其时态则通过be的不同形式体现出来。将来时态的被动语态由will/shall+be+过去分词构成，表示某事将要被干。一般将来时被动语态的各种句式：
主语+will/shall+be+过去分词+其它成分
The flower will be watered tomorrow.
主语+will/shall not+be+过去分词+其它成分
The flower will not be watered tomorrow.
Will/Shall+主语+ be+过去分词+其它成分
Will the flower be watered tomorrow?
When will the flower be watered?
二、聚焦高频考点
1.would rather和动词原形连用。否定形式为would rather not do sth.如：
I would rather leave now.
would rather do ... than do ...表示宁愿做什么而不愿做什么
如：They would rather die than surrender.
would rather和句子连用。通常动词用过去时，是虚拟语气。在表示以前的动作时，用had done。如：
I'd rather you went home now.
I'd rather he hadn't done that.
2.join in多指参加小规模的活动如“球赛，游戏”等。如：
Come on, join in the ball game.
He's going to join in the talk tonight.
take part in 指参加会议或群众性活动等，着重说明句子主语参加该项活动并在活动中发挥作用。如：
We'll take part in social practice during the summer vacation.
They often take part in outdoor activities.
Part前有形容词修饰时，要用不定冠词。如：
Lincoln took an active part in politics.
3.stand for代表，特征。如：
What do GRE stand for?
The dove stands for peace.
stand for赞同，支持，拥护。如：
Almost everyone in the world stand for peace.
stand for容忍。如：
She can't stand for his rudeness.
4.the same as意为“同……一样”。如：
Many of the sports were the same as they are now.
the same ... as意为“与……一样”，后跟从句。指的是两样东西。如：
The pen is the same as you bought yesterday.
the same ... that意为“与……一样，后跟从句。指的是同一件东西。如：
That's the same pen I lost.
5.prefer ... to ... 喜欢……而不喜欢……(to是介词)
eg: I prefer swimming to running.= His words were not paid any attention to.
prefer后可直接加名词，代词，动名词等；prefer to后跟动词原形。如：
Which one do you like, tea, milk or coffee?
I prefer milk.
Do you want to take a taxi?
No, I prefer to walk.
Do you like swimming?
Yes, but I prefer playing running
6.every可与表示数量的词连用，表示时间或空间的间隔。如：
Every four years athletes from all over the world take part in the Olympic Games.
I usually go to the cinema every three days(every third day).
Every后可接few, 但不能接a few, 因every一词已包含a之意；every后也不能接some, several, many等词。every后接序数词时，则修饰单数可数名词。
7.from/in/on/at/about/+which引导定语从句
关系代词which, whom在定语从句中作介词的宾语时，介词一般放在关系代词之前，有时也放在定语从句后面。
The train on which I was traveling was late.
The house in which the old man lived was on fire last night.
The old Olympic Games from which the modern games came began around the year 776 BC in Greece.
8.more ... than有两种含义：一是普通的比较级；另一种表示“与 其说是……”, “是……而不是”，指对同一事物的两种属性进行选择。
She is more diligent than wise. 与其说她聪明，不如说她勤奋。
三、常用词语和句型
1.prefer ... to ...喜欢……而不喜欢……, to是介词
I prefer swimming to running.
Prefer后可跟名词，代词，动名词
Would you like to take a taxi?
No, I prefer walking.
Prefer to后跟动词原形
I prefer to swim.
Which one do you like, tea, milk or coffee?
I prefer milk.
2.do one's best to sth.=try one's best to sth.尽某人最大努力做某事
As your best friend, I surely will try my best to help you.
As long as you try your best, you'll succeed.
3.such as 意为“例如，诸如”，与for example相似，但for example后常接完整的句子,只举一个例子，而such as后常接两个或以上的词或词组。
eg: He knows several foreign languages, such as French and Japanese.
4.mean to do sth.: 打算作某事
What do you mean to do with it?
mean doing sth.: 意味着做某事
That means wasting time.
5.win后接战争，比赛，奖品等名词作宾语，不能接竞争对手作宾语；而beat后常接竞争对手，意为“打败, 击败”。
win a race/a battle/a prize/a medal
beat the team/the country
四、日常交际用语
Which do you like, ... or ...?
What's your favourite sport?
Which sports do you like best?
Which do you prefer, ... or ...?
What about ...?
Are you interested in ...?
Sure. I love sports.
Yes, very much./No, not really.
Shooting, I think.
I like ... best.
I prefer ... to ...
I like watching it.
I'd rather watch it than play it.
Unit 9 Technology
一、语法
The Passive Voice(3)
现在进行时被动语态
现在进行时被动语态的构成是：be(is, am, are)+being done，表示某事现在正在被做或现阶段进行的被动动作，但不一定发生在说话的这一时刻。如：
The problem is being discussed now.
She is being questioned where she has been in the past two days.
The phones are being used as cameras and radios.
二、聚焦高频考点
1.remind提醒；使记起，常与介词of, about连用。如：
The letter reminded me of him.
Please remind me about it if I forget it.
He reminded me that I had done that before.
2.in case of 以防；如果，万一。如：
In case of fire, ring the alarm bell.
Today I will bring an umbrella with me in case of fire.
in the case of 至于；就……来说。如：
In the case of a student, smoking is very harmful.
3.take over接手；接管。如：
Alan will take over the farm after his father's death.
I had to take over his work because he was sent to the hospital.
4.make+it+形容词+(for sb.)+to do sth.“使某人做某事……”。能用此型的常见动词有：find, feel, think, consider等。如：
The computer makes it possible to get in touch with faraway world.
Marx found it important to learn Russian.
5.dare做情态动词时，否定句和疑问句不用do; 第三人称单数不加-s，后接不带to的动词不定式，主要用于否定，疑问，条件和表示怀疑的句中。如：
She daren't go out alone at night.
Listen, if you dare speak to me like that again, you'll be sorry.
dare做实义动词时，除了具有一般实义动词的特点外，在否定，疑问句中dare后的to可省略。如：
She didn't dare (to) tell her parents what had happened.
I wonder how she dared (to) do that.
6.whatever引导名词性从句。Whatever的含义为anything that，意为“所……的任何(一切)事(东西)”；具强调意义。
You can buy whatever you want.
7.stay/keep in touch with sb.保持联系；强调原本认识和联系的延续性。
Now, many young people stay/keep in touch with their friends by internet.
三、常用词语和句型
1.on the go忙碌，到处跑，如：
My mum is on the go all day.
Children are always on the go.
2.agree同意；赞成；答应
She agreed to my idea.
她同意我的想法。
I quite agree with what you say.
你所说的我很赞成。
agree on sth 表示双方达成
协议
离婚协议模板下载合伙人协议 下载渠道分销协议免费下载敬业协议下载授课协议下载
The two sides have agreed on the date of the meeting.
agree with一致；相符合
agree with sb.同意某人的话；适宜健康；与……相宜
The liquor did not agree with me.
这酒不适合我喝。
3.come up with 赶上，走近; 想出，提出
eg: Finally, I came up with the travelers.
He soon came up with a good idea.
4.seem, appear, look“看起来似”，区别是：
seem暗示有一定根据的判断，这种判断往往接近事实。后接不定式或从句。
Her health seems to be worse.
It seemed that something was wrong.
look着重由视觉得出的印象
Her mother looks young.
四、日常交际用语
Absolutely.
I disagree.
That's exactly what I was thinking.
I'm afraid I don’t agree.
That's a good point.
Well, it depends.
That's just how I see it.
Well, I don't know.
That's worth thinking about.Well, I'm not so sure about that.
What does it look like?
What size is it?
How much will it cost?
What is it used for?
Unit 10 The world around us
一、语法
Review Direct and Indirect Speech
直接引语和间接引语的相互转换
1.若直接引语为陈述句，则间接引语需改为由that所引导的宾语从句。如：
The man said,"I am hungry."
The man said that he was hungry.
2.若直接引语为祈使句，则间接引语需改为动词不定式，原动词say也要改为可以带动词不定式作宾语补足语的动词如tell, ask, order, advise等。如：
1)The teacher said,"Be careful with your spelling."
The teacher told us to be careful with our spelling.
2)"Don’t stick out your heads as the bus goes."said the driver.
The driver told us not to stick out our heads as the bus went.
3.若直接引语为一般疑问句，则间接引语需改为由if, whether引导的宾语从句，原动词say也要改为ask. 如：
1)"Is this pen yours or hers?"she asked.
She asked me if/whether that book was mine or hers.
2)The taxi driver said to the man,"Could you tell me the way to the bus station?"
The taxi driver asked the man if/whether he could tell him the way to the bus station?
4.若直接引语为特殊疑问句，则间接引语需改为以这个特殊疑问词为连接代词或连接副词所引导的宾语从句。如：
1)"What are you going to do next Sunday morning?"Jack asked me.
Jack asked me what I was going to do the next Sunday morning.
2)The boy asked,"How do you know the rule of that game?"
The boy asked how I knew the rule of that game.
二、聚焦高频考点
1.die out“消失，灭亡，消亡”，如：
This kind of bird is dying out.
This king of bird has died out.
2.be/get used to“习惯于……”，如：
I have got used to the life here since I've been here for five years.
used to“（过去）常常……”, 只用于一般过去时，只能与动词原形连用，表示“过去常做某事，现在已不做了”。如：
Tom used to work on a farm.
3.as,like表示“像，如同”时的区别
like用于说明相似关系，即两者在形态上或性质上有相似之处，但不等同。as指“身份”或“资格”等，意为“作为，看作”等，用于说明同一关系，即两者实为一体。如：
Like Lei Feng he has done a lot of good deeds.
She worked for a year in the countryside as an ordinary peasant.
4.care for“关心，照料，喜欢，愿意”；做“关心，照料”时，一般用于肯定句或疑问句。如：
When you're out, who will care for your children?
care about“关心，计较，在乎”
He doesn't care about his clothes too much.
三、常用词语和句型
1.endanger危害，危及，endanger one's life危及生命。如：
Smoking a lot will endanger your health.
2.adapt使适应，使适合；改编
adapt to适应……
You should adapt to the new life style here.
Adapt yourself to the new climate.
adapt sth. (for sth.) (from sth.)如：
This novel has been adapted for radio from the Russian original.
3.pick up(从收音机里)接收到或听到
My radio can pick up English programmes very clearly.
pick up拾起，捡起某物
She picked up her ticket.
pick up中途搭载某人，开车去接某人
I'll pick you up tonight.
4.devote ... to致力于；献身于。to后跟名词，代词或动名词。
She devoted herself to her career.
The young doctor devoted all her time to helping her patients.
四、日常交际用语
Why ...?
Because/As/Since ...
Because of ..., I ...
If ..., then ...
As a result of ...
It follows that ...
It will cause ...
It will lead to ...
Unit 11 The sounds of the world
一、语法
The Passive Voice in Different Tense
综合运用各种时态中的被动语态
1.一般现在时，如：New buildings are built every year.
2.一般过去时，如：That room was painted last night.
3.一般将来时，如：This problem will be discussed tomorrow.
4.过去将来时，如：He said the trees would be planted next year.
5.现在完成时，如：Those houses have been built this week.
6.过去完成时，如：He said that the work had been finished.
7.现在进行时，如：The old building is being repaired.
8.过去进行时，如：The new tool was being made.
二、聚焦高频考点
1.satisfy 满足；使满意；符合(要求)。如：
We must satisfy the people’s needs.
I'm satisfied with the new house.
2.pick cotton/apples/tea leaves“摘棉花，苹果，茶叶”
pick sb's pocket“窃取某人口袋中的东西”
pick out 选出；挑出
pick out a new bike
pick out a beautiful tie for sb.
3.advice为不可数名词，a piece of advice
give advice on ...就……给某人提出建议
My teacher gave me some advice on how to learn English well.
4.turn into“把……变成”；有时表示“改写；翻译”如：
You are able to turn failure into success.
Can you turn it into Japanese?
三、常用词语和句型
1.practise 实行，实践。如：
You should practice what you tell others to do.
Practise doing练习。如：
He is practising playing the piano.
2.in common “共同的，共用的”
We had all things in common at that time.
The swimming pool is used in common by all the children in the school.
3.make records/make a record“录制唱片”
She likes making records of her songs.
4.on the other hand另一方面
I want to go to the party, but on the other hand I ought to be studying.
5.beat(n.)一击；有规律的敲击声
a drumbeat鼓点声
a heartbeat心跳声
beat(v.)敲打
The rain was beating against/on the deck.
beat(v.)表示连续的拍打
四、日常交际用语
Maybe we could ...?
Well, but what about ...?
Can I ask you for some advice?
I suggest (that) ...
What can you suggest?
Maybe it would be better to ...
Have you considered doing ...?
That's a good idea.
Can you help me ...?
How about ...?
That's a good idea/suggestion.
Unit 12 Art and literature
一、语法
Review the Attributive Clause
复习定语从句的用法。
关系代词：指人：who, whom, whose, 指物：which, whose, 指人或物：that
1.关系代词在从句中作主语，如：
The woman who/that came to see me is a friend of mine.
2.关系代词在句中作宾语，如：
Where is the boy (who/whom/that) I saw this afternoon?
3.关系代词whose, of which在从句中作定语。如：
Here comes the man whose mother is a doctor.
This is the house of which the door broke last night.
4.在句中作状语，由when, why, where来引导。如：
That is the day when I met him.
That is the place where I was born.
That is the reason why she was late for school.
二、聚焦高频考点
1.share(属于或由某人做的)部分，一份，如：
We gave each of the five children an equal share.股份；股票
Do not part with the shares on any account.无论如何不要放弃这些股票。
(常与in连用)共用；分摊；共有
We shared the sweets. 我们分吃了糖果。
They share their joys and sorrows. 他们同甘共苦。
2.come across“(偶然)遇见或发现”
I came across an old friend of yours the other day.
I came across the new book here.
3.sound like听起来像；feel like感到像；smell like闻起来像
That sounds like a good idea.
What does the perfume smell like?
The material feels like silk.
4.be about to ... when “正要做……突然”；如：
We were about to leave when it started to rain.
Can you turn it into Japanese?
三、常用词语和句型
1.trick戏法；把戏；花样。如：
I can do magic tricks.
play a trick on sb.恶作剧，开某人玩笑。如：
Children will play a trick on their teacher.
2.treat“对待；看待”treat ... as ...把……当作……
You should treat him fairly.
The old man treated the boy as his son.
treat请客；款待
Whose turn is it to treat next?
3.have trouble (in) doing sth.
= have problems (in) doing sth.
= have difficulties (in) doing sth.
The little child has trouble in dressing himself.
be in trouble 处于困境中
It seems he is in trouble.
trouble sb. to do sth.
What is troubling your mother?
4.believe后可跟名词，表示“相信”；后接从句或复合宾语时，表示“认为；料想；相信”
I believe his words.
We believe that she will succeed.
believe in表示“信奉；信仰”和信任(have trust in)
They believe in God.
I believe in having plenty of exercise.
5.What does sb./sth. look like?=What is sb./sth. like?
类似句型还有：
What do you think of sb./sth.?
How do you like sb./sth.?
How do you find sb./sth.?
四、日常交际用语
What shall we do?
Would you like to ...?
I'd like to ...
Maybe we could ...
I'd prefer to ...
Which do you prefer, ... or ...?
Can’t we …?
There are several things we could do.
UNIT13 Healthy eating
一、课文背景知识
随着社会的不断进步,人们对吃什么以及怎么吃也越来越讲究。过去，人们主要的奋斗目标是一天三餐饭能吃饱就不错了。现在，人们不仅吃主食而且还吃零食以补充所需的养料。十多年以前，人们争着在街上买肥肉，然而，今天街上的肥肉没人要，因为肉制品多了，因为生活水平提高了，更因为人们更加了解了体内所需的营养物质。人们开始选择健康的食品。如果我们要跟上现代生活的步伐，我们最好学会正确的选择吃什么以及怎么吃。商店的事物各种各样，我们不得不进行多项选择。当我们选择我们想要买和想要吃的东西的时候，我们最好想一想这些食物是否提供了我们所需的营养。但是，事实上，我们做出的选择不仅是营养方面的。许多人今天的饮食习惯是信什么吃什么。饮食习惯成了我们信仰中不可分割的部分：素食主义者有的认为不吃肉身体要更健康些，有的则是不主张杀动物为食者。另外一些严守素食主义者则根本不吃动物制品，甚至连酸奶酪和鸡蛋都不吃。我们对产品作出的选择还决定于生产和加工方式，要是环保性的或者说是生态性的食物，是厂家用绿色而有清洁的方式生产出来的食物。有机蔬菜是指生长过程中没有使用对人体和环境有害的化学药品的蔬菜。因为我们有如此多的东西供选择，因此许多商家对我们吃什么就提出
了一些建议。书刊杂志和电视媒体向我们介绍不同保健类型需要的食物和药品，然而，真正比较好的选择是花时间和钱买好的食品并且保持饮食的平衡，多锻炼。
人们应该更多地了解自己的身体以及我们身体所需的养料，以便我们对生活中所面临的机遇和挑战有充分的准备。
二、疑难详解
1. Choosing what to eat is no longer as easy as it once was.
我们在选择吃的东西方面，现在不像过去一样简单了。
[问]as在此处作何解释？
[答]作连词，表示比较。又如：My hometown is no longer the same as it was. 我的家乡同过去不一样了。
2. if we want to keep up with the high pace of modern life, we had better learn to make the right choices about what and how we eat. 如果我们要跟上现代生活的步伐，我们最好学会正确的选择吃什么以及怎么吃。
[问]如何分析此句？
[答]这里if引导的是条件状语从句，we had better ...是主句，what and how we eat 是宾语从句做about的宾语。keep up with 赶上，跟上，had better最好。
3. When we choose what to buy and eat, we had better think if the food will give us the nutrients we need. 当我们选择我们想要买和想要吃东西的时候，我们最好想一想这些食物是否提供了我们所需要的 营养。
[问]这个句子中有三个从句，对吗？
[答]对。when...， 是时间状语从句；if...是宾语从句；we need是定语从句。
4. Some nutrients help build our body and amke it stronger. 一些食物有助于我们增强体魄。
[问]build our body and make it stronger 一起做help的宾语吗？
[答]是的。
5. Caicium, which is found in eggs, milk and other dairy products, is good for our bones and teeth.
[问]which is found in eggs, milk and other dairy product 是定语从句吗？
[答]是的。而且引导词which在从句中作主语，代替calcium。
6. Other nutrients help keep our body functioning well. 其他的营养物有助于我们的身体正常运转。
[问]function在这里作动词吗？
[答]是的。在这里“起作用”等的意思。
7. But the choices we make are not just about nutrion. 但是，我们做出的选择不仅是营养方面的。
[问]we make 又是定语从句？
[答]是的。make choices 是“作出选择”的意思。引导词which/that 作宾语，可以省去。
8. Eating habits become part of who we are: people become vegetarians either because they believe it is healthier not to eat meat or because they so not think we should kill animals for food.
饮食习惯成了我们信仰中不可分割的部分；素食主义者有的认为不吃肉身体要更健康些，有的则是不主张杀动物为食者。
[问]这么长的句子，怎么分析？
[答]主句是：Eating habits become part of who we are. Eather..., or... 引导两个because 原因状语从句。
9. We also make choices based on how the products are grown or made: environmentally friendly foods, or "eco-foods", are made by companies who have tried to use green and clean ways to make the foods. 我们对产品的作出的选择还决定于生产和加工方式，要是环保性的或者说是生态性的食物，是厂家用绿色而又清洁的方式生产出来的食物。
[问]此句是否定语从句中套定语从句。
[答]对。that are grown without chemicals 做vegetables 的定语；that can be harmful to human beings and the environment 做chemicals 的定语。
11. If our diet includes foods from all the food groups, in the right amounts, we so not have to buy any supplements. 如果我们食物品种多，数量恰当，我们就不需要买任何补给品。
[问]请解释此句中的if结构和do not have to 相当与need't。
12. The same goes for "crash diets" that some companies say will make us lose weight fast. 对于一些公司所宣称可以让我们减肥的减肥餐也如此。
[问]that some companies say will make us lose weight fast 起什么作用？
[答]定语从句。that 在从句中作主语代替“crash diets"。
13. Instead of eating expensive diet foods or going on unhealthy diets, we can simply try to eat less fat and sugar and exercise more. 我们不需要去吃那些昂贵的固定饮食或者不健康的饮食， 只需要少吃脂肪和糖， 多锻炼就行了。
[问]请问intead of 介词短语？
[答]instead of 是介词短语， 表示“代替”的意思。
14. The best way to make sure that we will feel and look fine is to develop healthy eating habits. 保健的最好方式是养成健康的饮食习惯。
[问]这句话的主句究竟是什么？
[答]The best way is to develop healthy eating habits 是这句话的主句 to make sure that we will feel and look fine 不定式短语做定语， 修饰the best way.
15. We ought to learn more about our body and the fuel it needs so that we can make sure that we are well prepared for the challenges and opportunities in life.
我们应该更多地了解自己的身体以及我们身体所需的养料， 以便我们对生活中所面临的机遇和挑战有充分的准备。
[问]so that 是什么意思？
[答]so that 是“以便”的意思，常引导结果状语从句。
16. That means that sandwich or a salad is a good choice, but a chocolate bar or a bag of patato chips is not. 也就是说，要选择三明治和色拉之类的而不是选择巧克力和炸土豆条。
[问]如何分析此句句子 成分？
[答]“That" 是主语， “mean" 是谓语， 后面整个that引导的两个并列从句是宾语，第二个从句“is not" 后省略了a good choice.
三、本单元高考热点归纳与拓展
[概述]
本单元重点语法是 had better，should 和 ought to 等情态动词的用法。象其他的情态动词一样，had better， should 和 ought to 后面跟动词原形。ought to 与 should 都表示“应该”的意思。had better 表示“最好”的意思。如：You had better get some rest.你最好休息一会儿。You had better not eat fruit that isn't ripe. 你最好不要吃没有成熟的水果。You should/ought to be careful with fruit. 你们应该小心水果。You should not/ought to eat so much junk food. 你不应该吃这么多垃圾食品。
[经典解析]
例：1.I didn't hear the phone. I_____asleep. (1989年全国高考题)
A. must be B.must have been C.should be D.should have been
简析:答案B。从 didn't 可知是过去的事情。“当时我一定睡着了”。表示对过去的事情进行肯定推测要用must+have+动词的过去分词。而 shuold have been asleep 则表示过去该睡着而没有睡着，与前面的意思不相符。
例：2.He ______ you more help, even though he was very busy. (1990年全国高考题)
A: might have given B: might give C: may have given D: may give
简析:答案A。从was可知是对过去的事情表示推测，应该用情态动词+have+动词的过去分词，排除B、D。根据“当时他非常忙”的事实，他可能给你更大的帮助的可能性很小，所以选 might 比选 may 好。
例：3.—Could I borrow your dictionary?
—Yes，of course you_____. (1992年全国高考题)
A.might B.will C.can D.should
简析:答案C。文句中用 could 是委婉地提出要求，答句中从 of course 可知道，应该非常肯定地同意，所以用can。
例：4.It's nesrly seven o'clock. Jack _____be here at any moment. (1995年全国高考题)
A.must B.need C.should D.can
简析:答案C。must一定；need需要；should可能，该；can能。
例：5.—write to me when you get home. (2001年春季高考题)
—_____.
A.I must B.I should C.I will D.I can
简析:答案C。前者发出请求。后者表示应允“我会的”。will用于第一人称，表示有意识的行动，表现为意愿，意志等。
透视情态动词的考试不仅如此，在阅读等方面，它会经常出现。掌握情态动词的用法关系到我们能否正确理解文章大意的问题，直接影响着我们的做题。
四、本单元生词详解
1. sweet [swi:t]adj. 填的，甜味的；芳香的，新鲜的；悦耳的，动听的；亲切的，温柔的，温和的；惬意的//n. 糖果；甜食；布丁；（餐后的）一道甜食
例：The foowers sweet. 这些花闻起来香。
How sweet the music sounds! 这音乐多么美妙动听！
What a sweet girl! 多么可爱的小姑娘！
Chocolates and coffees are sweets. 巧克力和咖啡豆都是糖果。
[记忆技巧]联想记忆：表示味道的词sour酸的；bitter苦的；salty咸的；peppery甜胡椒味的
2. French fries 炸薯条
例：He likes to eat French fries. 他喜欢吃炸薯条。
[记忆技巧]对比记忆；美式英语French fries; 英式英语potato chips.
3. mushroom [5mQFrum]n. ( 食用）蘑菇，洋菇；急速成长之物；突然发迹之人，暴发户//adj. 雨后春笋般的，急速成长的//vi. 采集蘑菇；急速生长（发展）
例：fried[fraid]v. fry 的过去式和过去分词//adj. 油煎的，油炸的
例：She has an fried egg for her breakfast. 她早餐吃了一个煎蛋。
[记忆技巧]同义词联想记忆：wastes 废物；junk 废物
[常用词组]a junk heap 废物堆
6. fat fAt adj. 肥大的，肥胖的//n. 脂肪；油脂，油
例：He's fat because so much. 他身体胖，因为吃得太多了。
He is getting fat. 他在发胖。
I don't like fat meat. 我不喜欢吃肥肉。
They have a lot of fat under their skin. 他们的皮肤下面有很多脂肪。
Butter and margarine are fats. 黄油和人造黄油都是脂肪。
[记忆技巧]反义词对比记忆：fat肥大的，肥胖的；thin瘦的
[常用词组]a fat job 好差事/a fat man 肥胖的人。
7. vitamin[5vaitEmin]n.维生素
例：Oranges contain vitamin C: 橘子含有维生素C。
8. snack [snAk] n.小吃 例如：I'm not hungry but I'd like a snack. 我并不饿，不过我倒喜欢来点小吃。
[记忆技巧]人身体各个部位归纳记忆：head 头；hand 手；waist 腰
10. fever[5fi:vE]n. 发热，发烧//（通常指）狂热，激动
例如：My fever is gone, but I still have a cough. 我的烧已经退了，但还有点儿咳嗽。
He has a fever and a temperiture of 38.5 degree.他发烧，体温38.5摄氏度。
I am in a fever of excitement. 我十分兴奋。
11. salad [5sAlEd]n.色拉(西餐中的凉拌菜）
例如：He dislikes salad. 他不喜欢吃凉拌菜。
[记忆技巧]菜肴联想记忆：salad; fried chicken 油煎鸡肉
12. peach[pi:tF]n. 桃子
例如：Mother put the peaches in her basket. 母亲把桃子放在篮子里。
There is a peach tree near the house. 那所房子附近有课桃树。
[记忆技巧]水果类联想记忆：apple; banana'pear;peach 等
13. ripe[raip]adj.熟的, 成熟的
例：Autumn is a busy season, and the crops are ripe. 秋季是繁忙的季节，庄稼成熟了。
A green banana is not ripe enough to eat. 青香蕉没成熟，不能吃。
Soon ripe, soon rotten. 早熟则早老。
[常用词组]ripe lips 红润的嘴唇/ripe beauty 成年的美女
14. ought[C:t]aux. 应该；应当；该会；理应
例：As a Party member, you ought to give the lead. 作为党员，你应该带头。
This word ought to be done at nice. 这项工作应该马上就做。
We ought to be hearing from them soon, then. 这么说，我们大概不久就可以接到他们的信了。They ought to be go now, oughtn't they?他们应该走了，对吗？
Bruce is the fastest runner, so he ought to win the race. 布鲁斯跑得最快，所以他该会赢得这场赛跑的。
He said he ought ot write an article about it. 他说他该为这写一篇文章。
[记忆技巧]情态动词联想记忆：ought to 应该；should 应该；must 必须；may可以；can能够，could，might等
15. examine[i^5zAmin]vt. 检查；细看；对...进行考试；询问；查问；对...进行审查
例：All the machines will be examined. 所有机器都将被检查一遍。
I examined the door and found that it was locked. 我检查这个门，发现它上了琐。
He examined the boys in English. 他考孩子们的英语。
The teacher will examine the class on everything they have learnt this year. 教师要考学生今年学过的所有知识。
He was examined by the police. 他被警察查问。
16. soft [sCft]adj. 软的，硬度低的；柔嫩的，光滑；（颜色）淡的，柔和的；模糊的，听不清；软弱的，温和的；不含酒精的
例：My shirt has a soft collar. 我的衬衣领子是软的。
Wood is softer than stone. 木头比石头软。
This cloth is made of soft silk. 这布料是用光滑的针织成的。
I was satisfied with the soft colour of the room. 我对房间的柔和颜色很满意。
We felt the first soft wind of spring. 我们感到了春天的第一阵和风。
She speaks in a soft voice. 她说话的声音很柔和。
Lemonade is a soft drink. 柠檬水是一种不含酒精的饮料。
[记忆技巧]联想记忆：近义词gentle; 反义词hard硬的。
17. bar[bB:]n. （固定在门窗上的木质或金属）棒；（门、窗的）格子；（门的）横木；栅栏；（练习芭蕾舞用的）横杠；棒状之物（结块）
例：The windows of the prison have iron bars. 监狱的窗户装有铁栅栏。
[常用词组]the bars of a jail 监狱的 铁条/a toll bar (从前将木棒横在 路上拦阻行人征收过路费的）障碍物，税卡门/a bar chocolate 巧克力棒
18. fuel[fjuEl]n. 燃料
例：Coal, oil, wood and gas are fuels. 煤炭，石油，木柴和煤气都是燃料。
[常用词组]atomic fuel 原子燃料/ gaseous fuel 气体燃料/liquid fuel 液体燃料/solid fuel 固体燃料
19. diet[5daiEt]n. 饮食；食物；特种饮食//vt. 规定或限制饮食
例如: Cow have a diet of grass. 牛的食物是草。
He eats simple diet. 他吃简单的饮食。
The physician put him on a special diet. 内科医生给他吃特定的食物。
[记忆技巧]近义词联想记忆：diet 饮食；food 食物；dish 菜肴
[常用词组]go on a diet 限制饮食/a costly diet 昂贵的饮食/a high protein diet 高蛋白质饮食/follow a strict diet 严格遵照饮食规定
20. keep up with (1) 跟上（2）通过访问、通信等和（某人）保持接触。
例：He has some difficulties in his study, but with his comrades' help he has kept up with the class. 他在学习上有些困难，但在同志们的帮助下，已跟上班上的功课了。
She had to run to keep up with them. 她得跑着才跟上他们。
He has kept up with a number of his old workmates since his retirement. 他退休以后一直和许多老同志保持着联系。
21. pace[peis]布，速度，步调
例：Take two paces forward! 向前两步走！
He stepped backward a pace or two. 他后退了一两步。
He hit th bull's eye at a hundred paces.
There were perhaps ten paces between me and the bear. 我和熊的距离大约有十布之遥。
I can see a sparrow two hundred paces away. 两百步以外的麻雀我都能看得见。
[记忆技巧]形近词联想记忆：pace步，步调；space宇宙
[常用词组]at a good pace 相当快的/keep pace with somebody 与某人并架齐驱/ mend one's pace 放快步子/off the pace 跑在第一名之后/put somebody through his paces 检验某人的本领/掂掂某人的斤两。
22. muscle[5mQsl] n. 肌肉
例： 、When we walk , we exercise our leg muscles. 我们走路时，锻炼腿上的肌肉。
Their muscle bones are not strong enough to hold up their muscle on land.
在陆地上，它们的骨架不能撑起它们的肌肉。
[常用词组] eyeball muscles 眼球肌/exercise one's muscles 锻炼肌肉/ harden muscles 使肌肉结实
23. product[5prCdEkt]（1）n. 产品；成果（2）结果
例：Coffee is Brazil's main product. 咖啡是巴西的主要产物。
This is the product of his labour. 这是他劳动的成果。
24. mineral [5minErEl] n. 矿物，矿石
例：Coal and iron are minerals. 煤和铁都是矿物。
[常用词组]metallic minerals 金属矿物/a rare mineral 稀有矿物 / be rich in mineral 矿藏丰富/drill for minerals 钻探矿物/extracty minerals 采掘矿物
25. disease [di5zi:z]n. 疾病；特殊的疾病
例：The physician cured me of the disease. 医生治好了我的病。
Good technique in medicine and surgery means less disease and less deformity.好的内外科技术能减少疾病和残疾。
Malaria is a disease that mosquitoes carry. 疟疾是蚊子传播的一种疾病。
He died of heart disease. 他死于心脏病。
Doctors use it to treat diseases. 医生用它来给人们治病。
He died of heart disease. 他死于心脏病。
Doctors use it to treat diseases. 医生用它来给人们治病。
[记忆技巧]同义词联想记忆：illness; disease; sickness; disorder等。
26. vegetarian [7vedVi5tZEriEn]n. 素食（主义）者//adj. 素食主义者的；全是蔬菜的；素食的（通常也吃黄、牛奶及奶油）
例：Of the for milion people who have become vegetarians in Britain, nearly two-thirds are women. 在英国四百万成为素食主义者的人当中，将近三分之二是妇女。
[常用词组]a strict vegetarian 严格的素食主义（不仅不吃鱼、肉类，连蛋、牛奶、奶油也不吃）a vegetarian restaurant 素食餐厅/a vegetarian diet 素食；蔬食
27. environmental [in7vaiErEn5mentl]adj. 环境的
例：People are becoming far more aware of environmental issues. 人们现在更多地注意环境问题了。
[常用词组]environmental destruction（pollution）环境的破坏（污染）
28. organic [C:5^Anik]adj. 器官的；有机的
例：It is an organic disease. 这是器官性疾病
[常用词组]organic chemistry 有机化学
29. chemical [5kemikEl]n. 化学制品//adj. 化学的
例：He planted vegetables in his garden and sold them to buy chemicals.
他在花园里种菜，卖掉菜再买化学药品。
He now holds important position in a large chemical works. 现在他在化工厂担任重要职务。This change of state is a physical change and not a chemical one. 这种状态变化是物理变化，而不是化学变化。
[记忆技巧]根据词缀记忆：chemistry n. 化学---chemical adj. 化学的---chemically在化学方面
30. fertilizer5fE:ti7laizE n. 肥料
例：This favtory turns out chemical fertilizer. 这家工厂生产化肥。
31. probably [5prRbEb(E)lI]adv. 可能地
例：Do you think you can do it ? Well, probably I can. 你认为你能干这个吗？哦，我很可能干得了。
[记忆技巧]根据词缀记忆：probable adj. 可能的---probably adv. 可能地
32. balance [5bAlEns]n. 天平，秤；平衡，均势；结余，收付差额，尾数//v. 使平衡；平衡
例：If you earn 100 and spend 60, your balance is 40. 如果你挣一百镑，花掉六十磅，那么结余是四十镑。
Can you balance yourself on skates? 你穿冰鞋可以用一个脚趾平衡吗？
The dancer could balance on one toe. 舞蹈演员可以用一个脚趾平衡。
Will you weigh it in the balance? 你用天平称一称好吗？
[常用词组]balance beam 平衡木/balance wheel 摆轮；平衡轮/balace of forces 力量对比/the balance of nature 生态平衡/ balace of power 均势
33. supplement[5sQplimEnt]n. 补足，追加；补遗，增补；附刊，增刊（to）；[数学]补角，补弧//vt. 补充，追加；对...附加增补
例：an annual supplement to an encycolpedia百科全书的每年补遗。
34. promise[5prCmis]n. 诺言，约定；有希望，有前途//v. 允诺，答应；预示，给予...的希望
例：If you make a promise, you must keep it. 假如你答应了，就必须做到。
I hope he wil lkeep his promise. 我希望他遵守诺言。
Our country is full of promise. 我们的国家大有希望。
The girl's singing ability shows promise. 那女孩的歌唱才能说明她有前途。
He promised her some jewels for her birthday. 他答应在她生日的时候送给她几件珠宝首饰。
He promised her some jewels for her birthday. 他答应在她生日的时候送给她几件珠宝首饰。
He promised her some jewels for her birthday. 要是这孩子考试及格，、她答应送他一本书。
It promised to be an exciting one. 这看来将是一场激动人心的比赛。
Early mist promises fair weather. 晨雾预示好天气。
His plan promises well. 他的计划大有指望。
35. digestion[di5dVestFEn]n. 消化力；消化力强
36. now and then 有时...有时，时时；有时
例：He goes to the cinema (every)now and then. 他常去看电影。
I see (saw,etc.)him now and then. 我不时见到他。
In summer I go swimming in the Lijang River now and then. 夏天我经常到漓江去游泳。
37. brain[brein] n. 脑；头脑，脑筋（常用复数）
例：The brain is the organ of thought. 大脑是思维器官。
You have a fine brain. 你有一个好脑子。
I wish I had your brains. 但愿我有你那个（好）脑筋。
38. peel[pi:l]vt. 剥皮，去皮；剥（水果、马铃薯等的皮；剥（皮、树皮等），（从……）剥下（皮、树皮等）（off，from）
例： Please peel me a peach (peel a peach for me). 请你替削桃子的皮。
The Indians peeled the bark from birch trees to make canoes. 印度安人从桦树上剥下树皮做独木舟。
[常用词组] peel a banana (potatoes) 剥香蕉（马铃薯）的皮/peel off the skin 剥皮
39. tasty[5teisti]adj. 美味的，可口的；（俗）雅致的，吸引人的
例：This fish is very tasty. 这鱼很可口。
David dresses very well; he is very tasty.
[记忆技巧]根据词缀来记忆：taste n. 口味---taste adj. 美味的；可口的
40. recipe [5resipi]n. （菜肴的）烹饪法，（饮料的）调制法（for）；（做某事的）秘诀，秘法（for）
例：Egg are the main ingredients of omelettes. 煎蛋卷的主要成分是鸡蛋。
42. chop [tFCp]vt. 砍；劈；剁
例：The log was chopped into pieces. 木头被劈成碎块。
［常用词组］chop away side branches 砍去边枝／chop down a tree 把树枝砍倒／chop a path through tyhe forest 从森林中辟出一条路来／chop one's head off (=away)砍头／chop thinly (thickly)劈得薄（厚）
43. steam [sti:m]n. 蒸汽，水蒸汽；气力，精力 vi. 蒸发，冒热气；（火车、轮船）行驶
例：Steam drives machinery. 蒸汽可以驱动机器。
The room was full of steam. 房间里充满了水蒸汽。
He always works at full steam. 他总是使足劲儿干工作。
the room was full of steam. 房间里充满了水蒸气。
He always works at full steam. 他总是使足劲儿干工作。
the steam from a boiling kettle 开着的壶冒出的蒸汽。
The kettle was steaming on the stove. 炉子上的壶正在冒热气。
The train steamed into the station. 火车喷着汽驶入车站。
The warship was steaming at 20knots. 这艘军舰（当时）以二十海里的时速航行着。
44. mixture[5mikstFE]n. 混合物（体）
例如：Air is a mixture of gases. 空气是各种气体的混合物。
Shake the mixture before taking. 服用前把药水摇匀。
［记忆技巧］根据词缀记忆：mix v. 混合---mixture 混合物
三、易混易错词语辨析
1、辨析 fat，plump 和 stout：
fat，plump 和 stout 表示“胖”的意思：
fat 指胖得难看，是贬义词；plump 是褒义词，意思是胖得丰满、健康（用于婴儿或者年轻女性）；stout
用于中年人发福，胖而粗壮。
2、辨析 gentle，soft 和 mild：
gentle 侧重对人的体贴和安慰；soft 强调柔和，柔弱等，还可指天生说话声音低或怕人听见；mild 侧重指神态安详，不暴躁，不生气。
3、辨析 illness，disease，sickness 和 disorder：
illness 疾病（泛指一切疾病）；disease 多指已查明的疾病； sickness 生病的状态，还指恶心；以上三词有时可互换。disorder 指失调，程度较轻的疾病。
4、辨析 possible 和 probable：
possible adj. ①可能的，做得到的 ②合理的（possible 指客观上潜在的可能性，但常常有实际可能性很小的暗示；probable 指带有几份根据的推测，可能性比 possible 大；likely指表面看来颇有可能，与 probable 接近。）
5、辨析 promise 和 consent：
promise是自己主动约定的，有“许诺，允许”的意思。例如：He promised me a book. 他许诺给我一本书。consent 是指先由他人请求而后给予同意。例如：I consent to your plan. 我同意你的计划。
Unit14 Festivals
一、课文背景知识
你可能知道圣诞节，春节和斋月节，教师节，儿童节等，在节日里人们相互祝愿，共同分享成果等，真实开心极了。
节日的内容和意义各不相同。本单元讲的就是在美国的黑人自己过的节日。美国黑人拥有悠久的历史和丰富的文化，但宽扎文化节却是一个非常年轻的节日。宽扎文化节诞生于1966年，当时，毛拉.卡伦格博士创建了一个新的节日以便美国黑人能够庆祝他们的历史和文化。毛拉.卡伦格博士用了斯瓦希里人语中表示“第一个果”的单词，斯瓦希里语是非洲最大的语种。卡伦格博士之所以选择这个词是因为在非洲很多节日都是被称作“第一果”的节日。非洲的第一果节日有很多相同之处：人们总是聚集到一起庆祝他们的丰收；为他们的生活和丰收而表示感谢；人们常常对他们的祖先表示尊敬，对他们的过去，以及他们生活的团体和社会表示庆祝。节日是庆祝文化和历史的一种方式，是建设社团的一种方式，也是庆祝新年的一种方式。
卡伦格博士是如此的喜欢非洲人的节日特色以至于他用这些写出了宽扎文化节的七个原则。
人们庆祝宽扎节是从12月26日到元月1日。日期选定在圣诞节之后的一天开始到元旦的那天结束。这样，庆祝宽扎节的人们就能尽情享受节日带来的快乐，不需要再为圣诞节的商业活动而去操心了。由于宽扎文化节是一个既娱乐又学习的时间，所以，人们常常每天点着蜡烛讨论宽扎节的原则，以此来庆祝这个节日。蜡烛常常由家中最小的孩子点燃。在宽扎文化节的最后一天，家庭成员和朋友们聚集在一起进餐，庆祝新年。
创立新节日似乎好象是庆祝历史和文化的不寻常方式，但是，事实上我们每年都在创建新节日，节假日总是在不停地改变着。当我们在庆祝他们的时候，我们是在新的历史篇章上发展我们的文化。春节、圣诞节、斋月节、宽扎文化节以及其他的一些节假日让我们更加了解自己，让我们记住我们来自何处，并且还让我们共同分享对未来美好的憧憬。
二、疑难详解
1. Kwanzaa is a seven-day festival celebrating the culture and history of African Ameiricans. 宽扎文化节是美国黑人庆祝自己文化和历史的节日，前后持续七天。
[问]the culture and history of African Americans 是做celebrating的宾语吗？[答]是的。例如：Can you tell us why you want to stay here and what you will do when you stay here?你能告诉我你为什么要呆在这里及你想呆在这儿做什么吗？
2. The week following Christmas Day, many African -American families get together to greet the new year and think about the past.圣诞节之后的那个星期，许多美国黑人家庭聚集在一起相互问候新年并回忆过去。[问]to greet the new year and think about the past 是两个不定式短语作目的状语吗？[答]是的。请看下面两个例句：1、We could get there to have the meeting on time. 我们可以准时到哪儿开会。2、The boy said slowly to let me know clearly about what had happened. 哪个小孩讲得和年慢目的是让我对所发生的事情一目了然。
3. Kwanzaa was born in 1966, when Dr Maulana Karenga created a new festival so that African -Americans would be able to celebrate their history and culture. 宽扎文化节诞生于1966年，当时，毛拉.卡伦格博士创建了一个新的节日以便美国黑人能够庆祝他们的历史和文化。
[问]when Dr Maulana Karenga created a new festival so that African-Americans would be able to celebrate their history and culture是什么从句？
[答]非限定性的定语从句。引导词when在定语从句中作时间状语。如：1、He was born in 1949, when China was liberated by the PLA. 他出生于1949年，中国人民解放军在那是解放了中国。
4. Dr Karenga chose the word because there are many festivals in Africa called "the first-fruit"festivals. 卡伦格博士之所以选择这个词是因为在非洲很多节日都是被称作“第一果”的节日。
[问]如何解释because结构和called the first -fruit 结构？
[答]because 引导的从句在句中作原因状语，called the first -fruit 结构？[答]beause 引导的从句在句中作原因状语，called过去分词短语在句中作定语。如：This is the student nameed Jack. 这就是名叫Jack. 这就是名叫Jack的那个学生。
5. The African first fruit festivals had many things in common: people would get together to celebrate their harvest; people would get together to celebrate their harvest; people used to give thanks for their harvests and for life; people used to honour their harvests and for life; people used to honour their ancestors, celebrate their past, and the group or society they lived in.
非洲的第一果节日有很多相同之处：人们总是聚集到一起庆祝他们的丰收；为他们的生活和丰收而表示感谢；人们常常对他们的祖先表示尊敬，对他们的过去，以及他们生活的团体和社会表示庆祝。
[问]people would get together to celebrate their harvest; people would get together to celebrate their harvest; people used to give thanks for their harvests and for life; people used to honour their harvests and for life; people used to honour their ancestors, celebrate their past, and the group or society they lived in. 为并列句吗？[答]可以这么分析。并列的三个部分对前面所说明many things in common进行解释。
6. The festivals were a way to celebrate his tory and culture, a way to build society, and a way to celebrate the new year. 节日时庆祝文化和历史的一种方式，是建设社团的一种方式，也是庆祝新年的一种方式。
[问] a way to build society, and a way to celebrate the new year也是并列句吗？[答]是的。也是并列的三个部分。
7. Dr Karenga liked the characteristics of the African festivals so much that he used them to write the Seven Principles of Kwanzaa. 卡伦格博士是如此的喜欢非洲人的节日特色以至于他用这些写出了宽扎文化节七个原则。
[问]so that...是什么意思？[答]这个短语是“如此……以致于”的意思。如：He is so good a basketball player that we all like him very much. 他是如此好的一个男球运动员以致于我们都喜欢他。
8. The dates were chosen so that Keanzaa begins one day after Christmas and ends on New Year's Day. 日期选定在圣诞节之后的一天开始到元旦的那天结束。
[问]so that ... 是什么意思？[答]这个短语的意思是：“以便……”如：We must get up very early tomorrow morning so that we can arrive at the airport in time. 我们明天早晨必须早点起床以便能够及时赶到机场。
9. This way, people who celebrate Kwanzaa can enjoy the spirit of the holidays without all the commercial activities of Christmas.
这样，庆祝宽扎节的人们就能尽情享受节日带来的快乐，不需再为圣诞节的商业活动而去操心了。
[问]who celebrate Kwanzaa 是定语从句吗？[答]是的。who是该从句的引导词。在从句中作主语，指人。如：This is the man who has been to hte moon. 这就是曾经登上月球的那个人。
10. Since Kwanzaa is a time for learning as well as joy, people celebrate it by lighting a candle each day and discussing one of the seven principles of Kwanzaa. 由于宽扎文化节是一个既娱乐又学习的时间，所以，人们常常每天点着蜡烛讨论宽扎文化节的原则，以此来庆祝这个节日。
［问］Since Kwanzaa is a time for learning as well as joy是原因状语从句吗？［答］是的。Since引导的原因状语从句常常表示说话双方共同知道的原因。如：Since everybody is here, let's begin our class. 既然大家都在这儿，我们就开始上课吧！
11. The candle is usually lit by the youngest child in the family. 蜡烛常常由家中最小的孩子点燃。
[问]lit从何而来？[答]lit是light的过去式和过去分词，在这里是“点燃”的意思。如：1、This wood is so damp that it won't light. 这木头湿，点不着。2、These streets are very poorly lit. 这些街道的照明很差。
12、On the last day of Kwanzaa, family and friends gather to enjoy a large meal and to celebrate the new year. 在宽扎文化节的最后一天，家庭成员和朋友们聚集在一起进餐，庆祝新年。
[问]to enjoy a large meal and to celebrate the new year作何解释？[答]两个并列的不定式作目的状语。
13. Create a new festival may seem like an unusual way to celebrate history and culture, but we are in fact all creating new festivals every year -festivals and holidays are always changing. 创立新节日似乎好象是庆祝历史和文化的不寻常方式，但是，我们事实上每年都在创建节日-节假日总是在不停地改变着。
[问]Creating a new festival 分别在前后作主语和表语吧？
[答]是的。动词ing在句子中不仅可以作主语，而且还可以做状语、宾语和表语等。如：(1)My job is learning. 我的工作就是学习。（learning在句中作表语）
(2)He stood there, reading a magazine. 他站在那儿看杂志。（reading a magazine 在句中作状语，表示伴随。）
14. As we cledbrate them, we make new history and develop our culture. 当我们在庆祝它们的时候，我们是在写新的历史篇章和发展我们的文化。
[问]as究竟有些什么用法？[答]as的用法很多。
（1）作为：We often regard him as our teacher. 我们常把他当作我们的老师。（2）当……的时候：As he grew older he lost interest in everything except gardening. 他年纪越来越大，除了喜欢园艺外，对一切都是失去了兴趣。
（4）因为（常放在句首）As she's been ill, perhaps she'll need help.她由于生病可能需要些帮助。
（5）尽管，虽然（用于形容词或者副词等的后面）；Young as I am, I already know what career I want to follow. 尽管我还小，但对要从事职业已经胸有成竹了。
15. The Spring Festival, Christmas, Ramadan, Kwanzaa and all the other holidays and festivals help us understand who we are, remember where we come from, and share our hopes for a happy future. 春节、圣诞节，斋月节、宽扎文化节以及其他的一些节假日让我们更加了解自己， 让我们记住我们来自何处，并且还让我们共同分享对于未来美好的憧憬。
[问]understand who we are, rrmember where we come from , and share nou hopes for a happy future 三个并列的动词短语结构是否省略了to？[答]help后面的不定式作宾语补足语时，可以省略to，也可以不省。但是let，make， hear, watch，feel， observe，notice，have后面跟的不定式作宾语补足语时，省略to。如： Let him do it, please. 让他去做吧！
三、本单元高考热点归纳与拓展
[概述]
本单元出现了很多非谓语动词的句子，如：
1、Kwanzaa is a seven-day festival celebrating the culture and history of African Americans. The week following Chrismas Day, many African - American families get together to greet the new year and think about the past.
2、The African first fruit festivals had many things in common:people would get together to celebrate their harvest;people used to give thanks for their harvests and for life;people used to honour their ancestors,celebrate their past,and the group or society they lived in .
The festival were a way to celebrate history and culture, a way to build society, and a way to celebrate the new year.
非谓语动词顾名思义就是不能做谓语的动词。动词一旦变成过去分词、不定式和动词ing后，就再也不能在句子中做谓语了，这时，我们就叫它非谓语动词。
本单元除了讲非谓语动词很多以外，我们还可以见到这样几个句型结构：1、so...that...; 如此……以致于……。2、so that...以便……；3、used to 过去常常。以上几者可都是高考的重点了。
[经典解析]
例：1. nobody noticed the thief slip into the house because the lights happened to_____. (1998年全国高考第12题)
A. be put up B. give in C. to be turned on D.go out
简析:答案D。“……因为碰巧灯灭了”。go out 表示“（灯、火等）熄灭”；turn on 表示“打开（电灯、水龙头等）”；give in 表示“屈服”；go out 表示“熄灭”的意思。
例：2、The managers discussed the plan that they would like to see_____
the next year. (2000年全国高考第22题)
A. carry out B. carrying out C.carried out D.to carry out
简析：答案C。所要填的部分是宾语的补足语。这句话的宾语是that。宾语和宾语补足语之间是被动关系。
例：3、_____late in the morning, Bob turned off the alarm.
A. To sleep B.Sleeping C.Sleep D.Having slept
简析：答案A。关闭闹钟是想睡觉。“想睡觉”是目的。刚好不定式做状语表示目的。
三、易混易错词语辨析
1、辨析clothing, clothes, dress 和 costume:
clothing, clothes, dress, costume 的主要区别：clothing 为衣服的总称；clothes 指的是具体的身上穿的衣服。dress 为礼服；costume指的是工作服。
2、辨析war，battle 和 fighting：
war，battle，fighting的用法：war 战争，如：the civil war 内战；the liberation war 解放战争等等。battle 战役，如：Tai’erzhuang Battle 台儿庄战役；Huaihai Battle 淮海战役等等。fighting 则指具体的战斗。
四、本单元生词详解
1. theme [Wi:m]n. 主题，题目
例： What is the theme of the opera? 这个歌剧的主题是什么？
[记忆技巧]近义词联想记忆：subject (科目，主题）
2. dress up （1）穿上最好衣服 （2）乔装打扮
例：Let's fress up and go out to the theatre. 我们穿戴整齐到戏院看戏吧。They dressed their children up for the New year's Day. 他们给孩子们穿上衣服过新年。
The children are dressing up as pirates. 孩子们正在装扮成海盗。
They tried to dress him up as a "national hero". 他们想把他打扮成一个”民族英雄”。
3. costume[5kCstju:m]n. 衣裳，衣服
例：Ladies wear bathing costumes. 妇人们穿着浴衣。
She looks very pretty in her winter costume. 她穿着冬装看上去很美丽。[记忆技巧]同义词联想记忆：clothing, clothes, dress, costume
[常用词组]an academic costure 学生服/ a ball costume 舞会服装/a ceremonial costume 礼服
4. flghting n. 战斗，斗争。
例： Fihting broke and between the North and the South.南北两方发生了战争。
[记忆技巧]近义词联想记忆：battle战役；war战争； fighting战斗
5. crime [kraim]n. 犯法行为，犯罪，罪行；不该做的事
例：Murder is a crime. 谋杀是一种罪行。
That's a serious crime. 那是严重的罪行。
It would be a crime to have a race horse do the work of a cart horse. 把赛马当役马是愚蠢的。
It's a crime to waste so much food. 浪费这么多粮食是不应该的。
[记忆技巧]联想同类词记忆：murder谋杀等等。
6. argument [5B:^jumEnt]n.争论, 辩论, 论据, 论点
例：Then came the arguments. 接着争论开始了。
After a long argument, we decided where to go for our holiday. 经过长久的争论，我们把休假的地方决定下来了。
They spent hours in argument about the plan.他们为这个计划争论了好几个小时。
Two men were deep in argument. 两个人在热烈地争论。
This argument doesn't hold water. 这个论点站不住脚。
What is his argument? 他的论据是什么？
[记忆技巧]根据名词前后缀联想记忆：argue-argument; move-movement; encourage - encouragement
7. destruction [dis5trQkFEn]n. 毁灭；破坏
例：The strong earthquake left death and destruction behind it. 强烈的地震留下了死亡和破坏。
The destrucition of the railway was a big loss to the country. 铁路遭到破坏，这对该国是一个很大的损失。
The storm caused great destruction. 风暴造成很大的破坏。
[常用词组]great destruction 很大破坏/mass destruction 大规模破坏/bring destruction upon oneself自我毁灭 meet destruction 遭受破坏
8. honour [5CnE]n. 荣誉，光荣；名誉；荣幸，敬重//v. 尊敬，致敬；给......以荣誉，使增光
例：I have the honour to have been sent as theit\r representative. 我很荣幸被派来作他们的代表。
He won honour for his bravery. 他因勇敢而赢得人们的尊敬。
He 's ready to fight for the honour of his country. 他随时准备为祖国的荣誉而战斗。
They remove their hats to honour the flag. 他们脱帽向国旗致敬。
He was honoured with a title. 他被授予光荣称号。
I hope you'll honour me with further orders. 如蒙继续惠顾，不胜荣幸。
Such a man is an honour to his country. 这样的人是国家的光荣。
[常用句型]it's a great honor for somebody to do something对某人来说做某事是一种荣誉
9. ancestor[5AnsistE]n. 祖先，祖宗（forefather); 先驱；前身；原型；[法律]被继承人
例：John is descended from noble ancestors. 约翰为名门后裔。
10. characteristic[7kAriktE5ristik]adj. 特有的，典型的//n. 特质，特出之处，特徽，特点
例：John is descended from noble ancestors. 约翰为名门后裔。
10. characteristic [7kAriktE5ristik]adj. 特有的，典型的//n.特质，特出之处，特徽，特点
例：Sympathy is the feeling characteristic of mankind. 同情心是人类特有的感情。
It is characteristic of him to talk nonsense. 胡说八道是他的特征。
The characteristic I like best in him is his cheerfulness. 他的愉悦气质是我最喜欢的特点。
[常用词组]the body characteristics 身体特征/the chief characteristics 主要的特征/the distinctive characteristics特征
11. principle [5prinsEpl]n. 原则；德行
例：We should follow the principle of seeking truth.
我们要遵循实事求是的原则。
12. unity[5ju:niti]n. 团结一致；整体，统一体
例：To be strong, a country must have unity. 一个国家要强盛必须团结一致。
Unity is strength. 团结就是力量。
13. community [kE5mju:niti]n. 团体；社区；公众
例：Newquay is fishing community. 纽基是一个渔业社区。
[常用词组]the business community 实业界/a civilized community 文明社会/a religious community 宗教团体
14. nation [5neiFEn]n. 国家；国民；民族
例：France is a European nation. 法国是个欧洲国家。
All nations, big or small, should be equal. 国家不分大小，应一律平等。
He leads the nation in lumber production. 他领导国民生产木材。
The whole nation was plunged into deep sorrow at this news. 当全国人民听到这个噩耗时，都沉浸在极大的悲痛之中。
The Chinese nation is brave and hardworking. 中华民族是勤劳勇敢的。
15. self-determination[5selfdi7tE:mi5neiFEn]自主，自我决定
例：Is armed struggle the only way to achieve self-determination? 武装斗争是达到民族自决的唯一途径吗？
[记忆技巧]复合词联想记忆：self-study自学；self-confidence自信
16. purpose [5pE:pEs]n. 目的，计划，意图//vt. 决意，打算
17. generation [7dVenE5reiFEn]n. 世代，一代，一代人；发生，产生
例：The younger generation grows up sturdily. 年轻一代茁壮成长。
Three generations live in our house. 我家三代人住在一起。
The older generation doesn't like pop music. 老一辈的人不喜欢流行音乐。
18. faith[feiW]n. 信任，信心；宗教信仰；忠诚，忠实
例：Have you any faith in what he says?
Do you have faith in Tim? 你相信蒂姆吗？
Christians have faith in God. 基督教徒信仰上帝。
The people of the nation pledged their faith to the new king. 全国人民宣誓效忠于新国王。
[记忆技巧]词的后缀 faithful 忠诚的
19. joy [dVCi]n. 快乐，欢喜，高兴；喜事；欣慰
例：Rita is full of joy because she has a new baby sister. 丽塔十分高兴，因为她有一个刚出生的小妹妹。
It brings two fold joy to you. 这真是双喜临门。
To the joy of his friends, he won a lot of money. 他赢得了许多钱，他的朋友们很高兴。
His children are a great joy to him. 儿女们是他最大的欣慰。
Your letter was a joy when I was in hospital. 我住院时你的来信对我是件乐事。
It was the first joy I had known for years. 这是我多年来第一次感到高兴的事。
[记忆技巧]同义词联想记忆： happiness 高兴；delight 高兴；joy快乐
[常用词组]full of joy充满欢乐/heavenly joys 无比的喜悦
20. light [lait]明亮的；一些的，少量的；浅色的；轻的，轻便的；轻微的，微弱的//n. 光，光亮；发光体，灯；（火柴等发出的）火，火花；观点，外观；典范，显赫人物//v. 点火，生火，点燃；照亮，照明；亮起来//adv. 轻轻地；轻便地，轻装地
例：This room has a lot of windows and is very light. 这间屋子有很多窗户，非常明亮。
It gets light at about 5: 30 in the morning. 早上大约五点半天亮。
She was in a light blue dress. 她穿着浅蓝色的衣服。
A light rain began to fall. 下起一阵小雨。
He felt well enough for light work. 他感觉（身体）很好，要做点轻微工作。
The light energy comes from the sun. 光能来自太阳。
Turn off the lights when you go out of the sun. 光能来自太阳。
Turn off the lights when you go out of the room. 离开房间时关上灯。
Your explanation puts the matter in a new light. 你的说明使这事有了新的见解。
She is one of the shining lights of the school paper. 她是校刊上最出众的人物之一。
Mother did not light the stove. 母亲没有生炉子。
This room is lighted by electricity. 这个房间用电照明。
The newspaper reporter traveled light. 这位新闻记者轻装旅行。
[常用词组]as light as air 象空气一样轻/a light pair of shoes 一双轻便的鞋
21. informal [in5fC:mEl]adj. 非正式的；不拘礼节的
例：He paid an informal visit. 他作了非正式的访问。
[记忆技巧]词缀联想记忆：in -否定前缀+formal 正规的；正式的=informal
[常用词组]informal clothes 日常服装/informal English 日常英语/an informal party 便宴
22. salute [sE5lu:t]vt. 向（长官、军旗等）敬礼，向……致敬；（点头或举帽等）向（人）致敬（问候，打招呼）；迎接（某人）（with）；（书）颂扬，赞扬（勇气、人等）//vi. 敬礼//n. 敬礼，举手礼；敬礼的姿势；礼炮
例：The soldier saluted the officer. 士兵向军官敬礼。
It is the custom in Britain to salute the Queen's birthday with (by firing)21 guns. 以鸣炮二十一响祝贺女王生日是英国的习俗。
The young soldier saluted awkwardly. 那名年轻士兵笨拙地敬礼。
They saluted each other with a bow (by shaking hands). 他们以鞠躬（握手）互相问候。
[常用词组]salute a person with a smile 以笑脸迎人/come to (take )the salute 敬礼（接受敬礼）/stand at the salute立正敬礼，立正致敬/a Royal (an Imperial)salute of 21 guns 二十一响皇家礼炮/exchange salutes 互放礼炮/ salute the colors 向军旗敬礼。
23. kiss[kis]v. 吻，亲吻//n. 吻
例：Rosalind kissed her mother good night. 罗莎琳吻了一下母亲祝她晚安。
She bent over the baby and kissed it. 她弯下身去吻了吻那婴儿。
She bent over the baby and kissed it. 她弯下身去吻了吻那婴儿。
She gave her mother a kiss. 她吻了她母亲一下。
[常用词组]hearty kisses 亲切的吻 / sweet kiss 甜蜜的吻/ exchange kisses 互相亲吻/implant (implant; press; print)a kiss on her forehead 在她额上亲吻一下/snatch（steal）kiss from her lips 趁她不备吻她一下/throw a kiss at sb. (throw sb. a kiss) 给某人一个飞吻
24. cheek [tFi:k]n. 面颊；脸蛋；无礼；厚颜//vt.对……无礼；顶撞
She has rosy cheeks. 她双颊红润。
Tears streamed (=ran )down her cheeks. 眼泪从她的脸颊流下。
None of your cheek! 别再厚脸皮了！
[记忆技巧]行近词联想记忆：check 检查，核对，支票；
[常用词组]Pale cheeks 苍白的面颊 /pink cheeks 粉红的双颊/plump cheeks 丰满的两颊/red (rosy)cheeks 红润（粉红）的双颊/round cheeks 圆脸蛋/kiss her on the cheeks 吻她的两颊/ a girl with rosy cheeks 两颊粉红的少女
25. respect [ris5pekt]vt. 尊敬，敬佩；重视；顾虑；注意//n. 尊敬，敬意；问候；点，方面；细事
例：Our teacher is highly respected by all. 我们的老师极受大家的尊敬。
I deeply respect her courage. 我非常敬佩她的勇气。
You ought to respect his opinions more. 你应该更加重视他们的民族风俗。
We must respet his sorrow. 我们应同情他的悲伤。
Please give your father my respects. 请代我向你父亲致意。
In that respect you are quite right. 在那一点上，你完全正确。
[常用词组]to show respect for one's parents 尊敬父母/treat sb. with respect 以礼相待
26. skeleton [5skelitEn]n. 骨骼；骨架
例： The shell of a snail is tits skeleton. 蜗牛的壳是它的骨骼。
She is reduced almost to a skeleton by long illness. 她因长期生病骨瘦如柴。
the bones of the skeleton 骨架
27. cycle [5saikl]n. 自行车；周期，循环//vi. 骑自行车
例：I go to school by cycle every day. 我每天骑自行车上学。
My cycle is broken, so I shall have to walk. 我的自行车坏了，所以我不得不步行。
My cycle is broken, so I shall have to walk. 我的自行车坏了， 所以我不得不步行。
A cycle of the sun takes a year. 太阳循环周期需要一年。
The seasons of the year---spring, summer, autumn, and winter---make a cycle. 一年四季，春、夏、秋、冬进行循环。
Do you like cycling? 你喜欢骑自行车吗？
We will cycle to the park today. 今天我们将骑车去公园。
28. fool [fu:l]v. 作滑稽动作，胡闹；愚弄，欺骗//n. 蠢人，傻子
例：Top fooling and listen to what I am saying. 别胡闹了，听我说话。
You can't fool me! I don't believe you. 你骗不了我！我不相信你。
No trick can fool me. 任何阴谋诡计都骗不了我。
Who are you trying to fool?你想欺骗谁？
What a fool you were!你真是个大傻瓜！
He's a fool because he leaves his door open when he goes out. 他是个大傻瓜，因为他出去时把门开着。
[记忆技巧]构词法联想记忆：fool n. &v. 加上后缀-ish为foolish adj. 愚蠢的
[常用词组]be fooled by sb. 上某人的当/fool sb. into doing sth. 愚蠢的
[常用词组]be fooled by sb. 上某人的当/fool sb. into sth. 哄骗某人干某事/fool sb. out of his money 骗去某人的钱。
29. invitation [7invi5teiFEn]n. 邀请
例：Judith sent me an invitation to her party 朱迪思给我送来送来请贴，要我去参加她的聚会。
I received an invitation to her birthday party. 我收到了她生日宴会的请贴。
I've had an invitation from the people that live next door. 我从住在隔壁的人那里收到一张请贴。
[记忆技巧]构词法联想记忆：invite v. -invitation 接受邀请/decline an invitation 谢绝邀请/send out invitations to a dinner发出宴会请帖
30. occasion [E5keiVEn]n. 机会，时机；（重大的）时刻，场合，盛事；需要，理由
例：I'll speak to him on the first occasion. 一有机会，我就告诉他。
He turned his back on the occasion of seeing the film. 他放弃了看电影的机会。
I have travelled in an aeroplane on three occasions. 我坐飞机旅行已经三次了。
A wedding is a big family occasion. 婚礼是家庭中的一件大事。
This was a great occasion, there were flags everywhere, the band was playing, and everybofy was most excited. 这是一个盛大的场面，旗帜到处飘扬，鼓乐齐鸣，人人都很兴奋。
I send you my best wishes on this happy occasion. 值此欢乐的日子，谨向你致以最良好的祝愿。
I will write and let you know if the occasion arises. 必要时我会写信告诉你的。
There is no occasion to refuse. 没有什么可以拒绝的理由。
There's no occasion to be angrey. 不必生气。
Unit15 The necklace
一、课文背景知识
新时代，人们不仅要求吃好，而且还要不停地表现自己等。在追求的同时，千万不要忘了项链的故事。本剧通过三幕情景向我们讲述了这个故事。第一幕 1870 年，在巴黎的一个公园里，jeanne 正坐在公园里，Mathilde 向她走去。可是相互之间不认识。第二幕：10 年前，在 Mathilde 和 pierre Loisel 的家里。一队夫妇被邀请参加舞会，心情特别激动，为了一时的快乐他们借项链等，可谁知项链丢失了。之后苦苦的10年可谓悲惨！第三幕：在公园，Mathilde 继续给 jeanne 讲叙着自己的故事，在随后的十年里，终于把帐还清了。可是，借的项链不是真正的钻石项链，它根本就不值钱。项链里的石头是用玻璃做成的。最多值 500 法郎。
二、疑难详解
1. I'm sorry, but I don't think I know you.
对不起， 我想我不认识你。
[问]怎样翻译“I don't think I know you.?"
[答]翻译为：“我想我不认识你。”注意：当think做主句中谓语动词时，宾语从句中的否定应该对主句进行否定。
2. No, Jeanne, I wasn't ill. I know I look oler than my age now. That's because of hard work -ten years of hard work. 不，珍妮，我没有病，我知道我看起来比我的实际年龄要苍老多了。那都是因为艰苦劳动造成的——十年的艰苦劳动啊！
[问]beause of 与beause有什么区别？
[答]beause of是介词短语，后面接名词，代词或动名词。beause是连词，连接从句，表原因。例如：Beause he didn't work hard, he failed in his final examination. 由于他学习不刻苦努力，所以在期末考试中他失败了。
3. I'm sorry, Mathide. Have times been hard for you?对不起，玛蒂尔达。你的日子过得很苦吗？
[问]times在这里的用法是什么？
[答]times在这里表示“境况，形势”除此之外，还有“倍数”“乘以……”“时代”等意思。
4. Well, I would rather not。唉，就是因为那个项链，你那漂亮的钻石项链！
[问]I would rather not后面省略了什么？
[答]I would rather not完整句子应该是“I would rather not tell you"。注意：would rather, had better 后面应接动词原形。
5. Well, ... Well, it was all because of that necklace, your beautiful diamound necklace.唉，就是因为那个项链，你那漂亮的钻石项链！
[问]it在这里指代什么？
[答]it在这里指前面提到的内容（为什么落到这步境地）
6. Do you remember one afternoon ten years ago when I came to your house and borrowed a necklace of yours?Pierre, my husband, was working in a government office. We'd been invited to a ball at the place so I needed to borrow some jewellery.你还记得吗？10年前的一个下午，我来到你的房间并且找你借了根项链。我的丈夫，皮埃尔，当时在一家政府办公室改组哦。我们被邀请参加一个宫廷舞会，所以，我就需要借些珠宝。 when I came to your house and borrowed a necklace of yours? 是时间状语从句吗？
[答]不是，在这里是由when引导的定语从句，修饰先行词one afternoon ten years ago.
7. I was the only person in my office who was invited. I've written to accept the invitation.
我是我们办公室唯一被邀请的成员。 我已经书面表示接受邀请。
[问] who was invited做定语，是定语从句，修饰先行词the only person。accept不能由receive替换，accept是主观乐意接受；而receive是客观上收到。
8. And a new dress costs over four hundred francs. 买一件新的要花400多法郎。
[问]cost与spend做“花费”意思讲在用法上有什么区别？
[答]cost是某物花费多少钱，主语是某物；spend是某人花费多少钱在某物上面，主语是某人。
9. I can't be the only woman who isn't wearing jewellery. 我不能成为唯一一个不戴珠宝的女性。
[问]是可数还是不可数名词？
[答]jewellery 做“珠宝”意思讲时是不可数名词。jewel是可数名词。有复数形式jewels。
10. Do you have a friend who might lend you some? 你的朋友能借给你吗/
[问] who might lend you some是什么从句？
[答]who might lend you some是定语从句，修饰先行词a friend。
11. So I called on you and asked if I could borrow some jewellery. Do you remember now?这样，我就来拜访你，并且问了是否我可以借一些珠宝。你还记得吗？
[问]call on 的用法？
[答]call on 有“拜访；号召”的意思。另外注意：call at 是“拜访某地”；call for 是“要求”的意思。
12. There were so many beautiful things that it was hard to choose. 琳良满目的，真难挑选。
[问]so...that...引导的从句做什么成分？
[答]so...that在这里引导一个状语从句，表示结果。
[问]to choose为什么不用被动？
[答]to choose 在这里用主动表示被动。
13. On our way home that night I lookedd down and saw that the necklace was not around my neck any more. 那天夜晚，在回家的路上，我低下头，发现项链再也不在我的脖子上了。
[问]On our way home 的意思是什么？
[答]On our way home 意思是“在回家的路上”on one's way to... 在……的路上”in the way 挡道。By the way “顺便说一下”。
14. That's why I now look so old. Well, after all these years we've at last paid off all our debts. 这就是我现在显得老的原因。这些年之后，我们终于把帐还清了。
[问]that's why...? 句型是什么从句？ pay off 的意思？
[答]that's why ... 是表语从句。“那就是为什么……？”例如：That's why I told you the truth.那就是我为什么告诉你那个真相。pay off “偿还清”。
15. When I play a computer game, I act as one of the heroes in the game. 当我玩电脑游戏的时候，我常扮演里面的英雄。
[问]When I paly... 句型是什么从句？act as 的意思？
[答]此句是一个时间状语从句，表示“当……时”，例如：When I was a child, I loved to smile very much. 当我是个小孩子时，我非常喜欢笑。act as意为“充当”
16. The student is on her way to school and she meets a girl that looks exactly like her. 一个女同学在上学的路上，碰到了和她长得一模一样的女孩。
[问]“on one's way to... "是什么意思？that在此引导什么从句？
[答]“On one's way to ..."是“在去……路上”的意思。that引导的是定语从句，修饰先行词“a girl”。
三、本单元高考热点归纳与拓展
[概述]
本单元反复出现了非谓语动词和从句，二者都是高考的重点。
[经典解析]
例：1._____late in the morning, Bob turned off the alarm. (2001年京、皖春季招生考试第21题)
A. To sleep B. Sleeping C.Sleep D.Having slept
简析：答案为A。句意：为了早晨多睡一会，晚起床，鲍勃关掉了响铃。动词不定式表目的，其他的B，C，D，都不能表目的。
例：2. The men will have to wait all day_____the doctor works faster.
(2001年京、皖春季招生考试第9题)
A. if B. unless C. whether D. that
简析:答案为B。 unless=if...not。
例：3.—Did you remerber to give Mary the money you owed her? (2001年京、皖春季招生考试第14题)
—Yes.I gave it to her_____I saw her.
A. while B. the moment C. suddenly D. once
简析:答案为B。易误选为D项，once一旦，但注意本句话的时态为过去时，陈述过去发生的事情，意思为：我一见到她就给了她。如果用 once，需把上句中的 did 改为 do 把下句中的gave，改为 will give，saw 改为 see。
例：4.Greenland,_____island in the world, covers over two million square kilometers.
(2000年上海高考第35题)
A. it is the largest B. that is the largest C. is the largest D. the largest
简析：答案为D。A，B项把it 和 that 改为 which 就对了，D项构成的 the largest island in the world 作主语的同位语。
四、本单元生词详解
1. footprint [5fJtprInt]n. 脚印，足迹
例：They discovered suspicious footprints in the snow. 他们在雪地上发现了可疑的足迹。
[记忆技巧]构词法联想记忆：fingerprint；footprint;shoeprint
2. fingerprint [5fIN^EprInt]n. 指纹//vt. 采……的指纹
例：They were photographed and had their fingerprints taken. 他们将被摄下来， 然后取走他们的指纹。
[常用词组]take a person's fingerprints采某人的指纹
3. tire[5taiE]vt. 使疲倦；使失去（兴趣、耐心、力气）//v.想停止做某事；厌烦
例：The old man tires very soon if the exerts himself. 这位老人一用力气就感到很累。
She never tires of talking about her children. 她总是不厌其烦地谈她的孩子。
4. mysterious [mis5tiEriEs]adj. 神秘的；奇怪的；难以理解的
例： There were mysterious lights at night in the empty house. 晚上那座空房子有神秘的亮光。
5. scary [5skZEri]adj. （事物）可怕的，恐怖的，吓人的；容易受惊的，胆怯的；提心吊胆的
例：Don't be so scary. 不要那样的提心吊胆
[常用词组]a scary movie 恐怖电影
6. dormitory [5dC:mitri]n. 集体寝室；宿舍
例：Boys who live at school sleep in a cormitory. 住校的男生在宿舍里睡觉。
7. recognize [5rekE^naiz]vt. 认出，辨认；认识；清楚知道；认定；承认
例：I recognized his voice. 我认出了他的声音。
I recognized him to be cleverer than I am. 我认识他比我聪明。
I recognize that I have been wrong. 我承认我错了。
8. diamond [5daiEmEnd]n. 钻石，金刚石；（扑克牌）方块；方片
例：The ring has a diamond in it. 戒指上镶着一块钻石。
I've only one diamond left in my hand. 我手里仅剩一个方片了。
9. ball [bC:l]n. 球，如足球，网球；球状物；舞会；传球方式
例：Ball games, for example, have spread around the world. 例如，球类运动已经在世界各地传播开了。
The earth is a ball. 地球是一个球体。
For the first time in our lives we were invited to an important ball. 那是我们一生中第一次应邀参加一个重要舞会。
10. Franc[frANk]n. 法郎（法国、比利时、瑞士等国的货币单位）
例：She had about four hundred frances. 她大约有四百法郎。
11. continue [kEn5tinju:]vt. 继续；重新开始//vi. 连续；前进；延伸
例：They decided to continue their strike. 他们决定继续罢工。
Mathilde continued to tell Jeanne her story. 玛蒂尔德继续向吉茵讲她的那段经历。
The earthquake continued for about ten minutes. 地震持续约十分钟。
She continued along the path until she came to the river. 她沿着小路一直走到小河边。
[常用词组]continued from (on)page 15上接（下转）第十五页/to be continued （未玩）待续/to continue down 延续到/ continue on one's (=way)继续走自己的道路
12. lovely [5lQvli]adj. 秀丽的，可爱的；欢乐的，使人愉快的
例：The lovely girl is planning to be a nurse. 那个漂亮的小女孩打算当护士。
They had a lovely time there. 他们在那儿过得很快活。
13. bring back (1)把...带回来（2）使回想起
例：I have brought back the book you lent me. 我把你借给我的书还回来了。
This story brought back my unhappy childhood. 这个故事使我想起我悲惨的童年。
14. pay off (1) 全部偿清（2）给薪解雇
例：You'll have to pay off yor old loan before being allowed a new one. 你必须还清旧债，才能重新贷款。
After all these years, we've at last paid off all our debts. 经过这么多年，我们总算把债还清了。
The crew have been paid off. 船员被发薪遣散。
15. debt[det]n. 债，债务，欠款
例：I must pay him a debt of ￥5. 我得还他五块钱的债。
Dabts of blood must be paid in blood. 血债要用血来还。
The debts that he owed her could never be paid. 他欠她的人情总也还不清。
She must be getting into debt. 她一定负债了。
[常用词组]a large debt 巨额债款/a national debt 国债/out of debt 不欠债/under a heavy debt 债台高筑/ clear a debt还清欠债/owe a debt 欠债get (run) into debt 开始负债/to get out of debt 不欠债
16. precious [5preFEs]adj. 宝贵的，贵的；亲爱的
例：Time is so precious that you must make full use of it.时间很宝贵，你必须充分利用它。
His children are very precious to him.他的孩子对他来说可是宝贝了。
17. positive [5pCzEtiv]adj. 明确的，确实的，无疑的，难以否定的；（陈述等）明白的，直截的；（无比较级、最高级）（口语）完全的，十足的；（人）确信的，有把握的；（人）确信（……）的，对（……）有把握的（of，about）；（人）确信（……事）；（人、态度等）过分自信的，独断的；实用的，有用的，实在的，真实的，实际上。
例：Are you positive about (of)it?你对那件事有把握吗？
I'm positive that this man stole the car. 我确信这个男人偷了那部车。
One must be positive, but not too positive. 一个人必须有自信，但不可过分自信。
“Are you sure?" "I'm (absolutely )positive." "你有把握吗？”“我（绝对）有把握。”
[常用词组]a positive fact (change)无可怀疑的事实（变化）/a positive promise 明确的约定/positive proof =proof positive 确证/a positive refusal 断然拒绝/make a positive atatement of one's position 明言自己的立场/a positive fool 十足的傻瓜，大傻瓜/a positive nuisance十分讨厌9麻烦）的人/a positive good 真实的善
18. rehearse[ri5hE:s]vt. 预演，排演（戏剧等）剧；使（人）排演，以排演使（人）熟悉（熟练）；详述，复述；排演，预演
例：We rehearsed our National Day programme all afternoon. 我们整个下午都在排演国庆节的节目。
[常用词组]rehearse an opera 预演歌剧。
19. besides[bi5saidz]adv. 而且；还有；除……之外；此外；其他//prep. 除……之外（还有...）；除外；除…之外
例：She is too tired to go, besides, it's snowing. 她太疲倦了，不能去，况且还在下雪。
I have many more besides. 除此之外，我还有更多。
There's no one here besides John and me. 除了严寒和我以外，这里没有其他的人。
20. outline [5Eutlain]n. 轮廓；外形；大纲；提纲；略图；图稿
例：We could see the outline of the castle through the fog. 雾中我们能看见城堡的轮廓。
I have prepared my speech in outline. 我已准备了我的发言提纲。
This is the outline of a house. 这是一间房子的略图。
21. plot[plCt]n. 秘密计划；阴谋；小块地
例：They formed a plot to overthrow the goverment. 他们阴谋推翻政府。
22. quality[5kwCliti]n. 质量；质
例：I want meat of the best quality. 我要质量好的肉。
A watch of good quality is more expensive than a watch of poor quality.质量好的手表比质量次的手表要贵。
Quality matters more than quantity. 质量比数量重要。
三、易混易错词语辨析
1、辨析strike，beat 和 hit：
strike 指急速的或突然有力的“打击”，可以是有意的或无意的，例如：
He struck the child in the face。他打那个孩子的脸。
hit可以与 strike 换用，但没 strike 正规。同时，hit 强调“打中”或“对准……来打”，如：
I shot at the target but failed to hit it. 我向把子射击, 但未打中。
beat 则指连续地“打”，如：
The bird is beating its wings. 鸟在拍打翅膀。
beat 还可以指“打败对方”。
2、辨析long before 和 before long：
before long 意为“不久，一会儿之后”，在句中作状语。long before 意为“早在……之前”，“较早以前”，可以单独使用，也可以后面跟从句、名词或代词。如：
It looks as if it will snow before long. 看起来，天好象马上就要下雪了。
We knew of you long before. 我们早就知道你。
I knew smith before I knew you. 认识你之前，我早就认识史密斯了。
3、辨析 manage 和 try：
两个词后接不定式都有“设法做”的意思，但manage to do sth. 表示“设法做成”，而 try to do sth. 表“试着去做”，做没做成不一定。如：
He managed to pass the exam. (=He passed the exam. ) 他设法通过了考试。
He tried to pass the exam but failed. 他尽力想通过考试但失败了。
He tried to pass the exam and he did it. 他尽力通过考试，并且他做到了。
Unit16 Scientists at work
一、课文背景知识
富兰克林（1706-1790）
本杰明.富兰克林——资本主义精神最完美的代表，十八世纪美国最伟大的科学家，著名的政治家和文学家。他一生最真实的写照是他自己所说过的一句话“诚实和勤勉，应该成为你永远的伴侣。”
学习一生
1706年1月17日，本杰明.富兰克林出生在北美洲的波士顿。他的父亲原是英国漆匠，当时以制造蜡烛和肥皂为业，生有十个孩子，富兰克林排行第八。富兰克林八岁入学读书，虽然学习成绩优异，但由于他家中孩子太多，父亲的收入无法担负他读书的费用。所以，他到十岁是就离开了学校，回家帮父亲做蜡烛。富兰克林一生只在学校读了这两年书。十二岁时，他到哥哥詹姆士经营的小印刷所当学徒，自此他当了近十年的印刷工人，但他的学习从未间断过，他从伙食费中省下钱来买书。同时，利用工作之便，他结识了几家书店的学徒，将书店的书在晚间偷偷地借来，通宵达旦地阅读，第二天清晨便归还。他阅读的范围很广，从自然科学、技术方面的通俗读物到著名科学家的论文以及名作家的作品。就是在当学徒的这段时间里，富兰克林把在学校曾两度考试不及格的算术学了一遍，又读了塞勒和舍尔梅的关于航海的书，从这些航海的书里，他接触到了几何学知识。他还读了洛克的《人类的悟性》和波尔洛亚尔派的《思维的艺术》。富兰克林的学习日渐深入。
1723年富兰克林离开了波士顿，到费城的基末尔印刷所和英国伦敦的帕尔未和瓦茨印刷厂当工人。1726年秋，富兰克林回到费城，这时他已掌握了精湛的印刷技术，开始独立经营印刷所，印刷和发行《宾夕尼亚报》，并出版了《可怜的立查历书》，当时被译成十二种文字，销行于欧美各国。1727年秋，在费城他和几个青年创办了“共读社”，组织了小型图书馆，帮助工人、手工业者和小职员进行自学。每星期五晚上讨论有关哲学、政治和自然科学等问题。这时富兰克林还不到三十岁，通过刻苦自修，已经成为一个学识渊博的学者和启蒙思想家，在北美的声誉日益提高。在富兰克林的领导下，“共读社”几乎存在了四十年之久，后来发展为美国哲学会，成为美国科学思想的中心。
1736年，富兰克林当选为宾夕尼亚州议会秘书。1737年，任费城副邮务长。虽然工作越来越繁重，可是他每天仍然坚持学习，为了进一步打开知识宝库的大门，他孜孜不倦地学习外国语，先后掌握了法文、意大利文、西班牙文及拉丁文。他广泛地接受了世界科学文化的先进成果。为自己的科学研究奠定了坚实的基础。
捕捉雷电
1746年，一位英国学者在波士顿利用玻璃管和莱顿瓶表演了电学实验。富兰克林怀着极大的兴趣观看了他的表演，并被电学这一刚兴起的科学强烈地吸引住了。随后富兰克林开始了电学的研究。富兰克林在家里做了大量实验，研究了两种电荷的性能，说明了电的来源和在物质中存在的现象。在十八世纪以前，人们还不能正确地认识雷电到底是什么。当时人们普遍相信雷电是上帝发怒的说法。一些不信上帝的有识之士曾试图解释雷电的起因，但都未获成功，学术界比较流行的是认为雷电是“气体爆炸”的观点。在一次实验中，富兰克林的妻子丽德不小心碰到了莱顿瓶，疑团电火闪过，丽德被击中倒地，面色惨白，足足在家躺了一个星期才恢复健康。这虽然是实验中的一起意外事件，但思维敏捷的富兰克林却由此而想到了空中的雷电。他经过反复思考，断定雷电也是一种放电现象，它和在实验室产生的电在本质上是一样的。于是，他写了一篇名叫《论天空闪电和我们的电气相同》的论文，并送给了英国皇家学会。但富兰克林的伟大设想竟遭到了许多人的嘲笑，有人甚至嗤笑他是“想把上帝和雷电分家的狂人”。富兰克林决心用事实来证明一切。1752年6月的一天，阴云密布，电闪雷鸣，一场暴风雨就要来临了。富兰克林和他的儿子威廉一道，带着上面装有一个金属杆的风筝来到一个空旷地带。富兰克林高举起风筝，他的儿子一道拉着风筝线，父子俩焦急的等待着，此时，刚好一道闪电从风筝上掠过，富兰克林用手靠近风筝上的铁丝，立即掠过一种恐怖的麻木感。他抑制不住内心的激动，大声呼喊：“威廉，我被电击了！”随后，他又将风筝线上的电引入莱顿瓶中。回到家里后，富兰克林用雷电进行了各种电学实验，证明了天上的雷电与人工摩擦产生的电具有完全相同的性质。富兰克林关于天上和人间的电是同一种东西的假说，在他自己的这次实验中得到了光辉的证实。
风筝实验的成功使富兰克林在全世界科学界的名声大振。英国皇家学会给他送来了金质奖章，聘请他担任皇家学会的会员。他的科学著作也被译成了许多种语言。他的电学研究取得了初步的胜利。然而，在荣誉和胜利面前，富兰克林没有停止对电学的进一步研究。1753年，俄国著名电学家利赫曼为了验证富兰克林的实验，不幸被雷电击死，这是做电实验的第一个牺牲者。血的代价，使许多人对雷电实验产生了戒心和恐惧。但富兰克林在死亡的威胁面前没有退缩，经过多次实验，他制成了一根实用的避雷针。他把几米长的铁杆用绝缘材料固定在屋顶，杆上紧栓着一根粗导线，一直通到地里。当雷电袭击房子的时候，它就沿着金属杆通过导线直达大地，房屋建筑完好无损。1754年，避雷针开始应用，但有些人认为这是个不详的东西，违反天意会带来旱灾。救灾夜里偷偷地把避雷针拆了。然而，科学终于将战胜愚昧。一场挟有雷电的狂风过后，大教堂着火恶劣；而装有避雷针的高层房屋却平安无事。事实教育了人们，使人们相信了科学。避雷针相继传到英国、德国、法国，最后普及世界各地。
富兰克林对科学的贡献不仅在静电学方面，他的研究范围及其广泛。在数学方面，他创造了八次和十六次幻方，这两种幻方性质特殊，变化复杂，至 今尚为学者称道；在热学中，他改良了取暖的炉子，可以节省四分之三燃料，被称为“富兰克林炉”；在光学方面，他发明了老年人用的双焦距眼镜，戴上这种眼镜既可以看清近处的东西，也可以看清远处的东西。他和剑桥大学的哈特莱共同利用醚的蒸发得到负二十五度（摄食）的低温，创造了蒸发致冷的理论。此外，他对气象、地质、声学及海洋航行等方面都有研究，并取得了不少成就。
二、疑难详解
1. In the 18th century, Benjamin Franklin cinducted a number of experiments in which he showed what electricity is.在18世纪，本杰明富兰克林进行了许多次关于电的实验。
[问]...in which he showed what electrivity is. in + which 引导定语从句，修饰先行词experiments。 这里which不能由that替换。
（2）...what electricity is 宾语从句，做show的宾语。
（3）A number of...“许多，大量”，接可数名词复数，谓语要用复数形式；the number of...“……的数量”谓语动词应该用单数。
例如：A number of peasants are working inthe fields with the sun burning in the shy. 许多农民顶着烈日在地里耕作。
2. Having realized that I could use a kite to aftract lightning. I decided to do an experiment. 当我意思到能用风筝来接收闪电后，我决定做个实验。
[问]Having realized that ... 在句子充当什么成分？
[答]Having realized that ... 现在分词短语做时间状语。（=when I had realized that I could use a kite to attract lightning, ...)
3. Most kites are made of paper, but a kite made of silk will last longer in weather with rain and strong winds. 大多数风筝是由纸做的，但用丝绸制的风筝在雨和大风的天气中持续的时间会长一些。
[问]made of silk 在句中作何成分？be made of 与be made from 有何区别？
[答] made of silk 过去粉刺短语所定语，修饰a kite, he made of...由……构成（看得出原材料）；be made from 由……构成（看不出原材料）。
4. The pieces should be just long enough to reach the comers of the handkerchief.那木头片的长度应该达到手帕的四个角。
[问]enough在句中如何用？reach是什么意思？
[答]（1）enough to ..." 足够……的”， enough修饰形容词时应放在形容词之后。例如：kind enough 足够善良的；careful enough足够仔细的。
（2）reach v. & n. 达到；够得着。例如：out of reach够不着。
5. Add a tail to the frame and tie a long string to the cross so you can control the kite.在架子上加一个把柄，在十字架上栓一根长细绳以便你能够控制那风筝。
[问]add...to...是什么意思？
[答]add...to...把……加到……。
例如：Please add an article to the sentence, then it is correct now .请在这个句子中加上一个定冠词，然后它就对了。
6. THis ribbon, which must not get wet, will protect you from the electricity.这根丝带一定不能变湿，它是用来保护你不被触电的。
[问]which must not get wet 作何成分， protect...from...是什么意思？
[答]（1）...which must not get wet ，非限制性定语从句做定语，修饰This ribbon.
（2）protect ... from... “保护……免受……”，相当于prevent ... from ...;stop ...from...；keep ...from。
例如：We should prevent our environment from being polluted. 我们应该保护我们的环境免受污染。
7. Around the world, animals are used to test produce such as shampoo, skin creams and new cancer drugs. 在全世界，动物们被用来测试如洗发水，皮肤霜以及新的治癌药等产品。
[问]be used to do ..., be used to doing ... 和used to do 有何区别？
[答]be used to do ... 被用来做什么......
be used to doing ... 习惯于做……
used to do ...过去常常做……
8. They also believe that it is possible to use much fewer animals.
他们还相信用更少的动物测试是可能的。
[问]it is possible to do ...做……是可能的；
It is + adj. +to do ... it 是形式主语，真正的主语是动词不定式短语to do...
例如：It is difficult to learn two foreigh languages. 学会两门外语是困难的。
It is impossible to walk on the moon. 在月球上行走是不可能的。
二、本单元高考热点归纳与拓展
本单元重点语法是定语从句；分词（现在分词和过去分词）的用法以及it做形式主语的用法。
[经典解析]
例：1. Do you know the boy_____under the big tree? (1989年全国高考题)
A. lay B.lain C.laying D.lying
解析：答案为D。现在分词短语 lying under the big tree“正躺在大树下”做定语，修饰 boy。用“躺”的现在分词表示“主动”和“进行”的概念。注意记准：放、下蛋：lay—laid—laid—laying；躺：lie—lay—lain—lying；说谎：lie—lied—lied—lying。
例：2、 Is_____necessary to complete the design before National Day? (1989年全国高考题)
A. this B. that C. it D. he
简析：答案为C。这里要填的是形式主语。只有it才能做形式主语或形式宾语。真正的主语是不定式“to com-
plete the design...”。
例：3.Most of the artists_____to the party were from South Africa. (1990年全国高考题)
A. invited B. to invite C. being invited D.had been invited
简析：答案为A。主语与谓语之间“were”的部分是主语的定语。如果是从句做主语，应为“who had been invited”，还缺充当从句主语的关系词 who，故不选D。“邀请”和“艺术家”的关系应为被动的，排除B。“邀请”应先于谓语动词，所以用过去分词，选A。而C是现在分词的被动式，表示“正在”，而谓语动词“同时”或与说话时“同时”，明显是错误的。
例：4、The visiting minister expressed his satisfaction with the talks，_____ that he had enjoyed his stay here. (1994年全国高考题)
A. having added B. to add C. adding D. added
简析：答案为C。与谓语动词“”是两个同时发生的动作，可以用现在分词表示伴随的动作；因为A用了完成式，“补充说到”发生在“表达”之前，不合逻辑，排除A。D表示两个并列的谓语动词，但缺少并列连词，因此不能选D。而B不定式表示目的：“为了补充说……于是就表达了……”不符合逻辑。
例：5. The number of people invited _____ fifty, but a number of them ______ absent for different reasons.
(1996年全国高考题)
A. were; was B. was; was C. was; were D. were; were
简析：答案为C。The number of 与单数动词配用，排除A、D。a number of 与复数动词连用，排除A、B。
例：6. Cleaning women in big cities usually get ______ by an hour.. (1998年全国高考题)
A. pay B. paying C. paid D. to pay
简析：答案为C。“按小时付报酬”与主语是被动关系，应选过去分词paid。被动语态除了可由“be+过去分词”构成外，还可以由“get+过去分词”构成。
例：7. Peper money was in ______ use in China when Marco Polo visited the country in _____ thir-
teenth century. (1999年全国高考题)
A. the; 不填 B. the; the C. 不填; the D. 不填; 不填
简析：答案为C。本题主要考察冠词的用法。in use 是习惯用法，use 前不加冠词；在序数词（thirteen）前面要加定冠词。因此要选C。
例：8. The result of the experiment was very good, _____ we hadn't expected. (2000年全国高考题)
A. when B. that C. which D. what
简析：答案为C。此处为非限定性定语从句，排除D（ what 不能引导定语从句）和B（ that 不能引导非限制性定语从句）。因为关系词在从句中要做动词（ expected ）的宾语，因此要用关系代词 which，排除关系副词when。
例：10. John said he'd been working in the office for an hour, _____ was true. (2001年春季高考题)
A. he B. this C. which D. Who
简析：答案为C。这里是考查非限制性定语从句。需要用关系词，排除A和B。先行词代表前面整个句子所说的内容，因此关系词要用 which，而不能用表人的 who。
三、本单元生词详解
1. experiment [iks5perimEnt]n. 实验，试验//vi.进行实验（on，with）
例：They made the school a place for scientific experiment. 他们把学校变成一个科学实验的场所。
We made an experiment to explain air pressure. 我们做过一个实验来解释空气的压力。
Scientific truths are proved by experiments. 科学真理是通过实验来证实的。
[记忆技巧]联想记忆 experimental adj. 实验（性）的，试验（性）的
[常用词组]experiments on frogs 用青蛙做实验/experiment with new teaching methods 新教学方法的试验
（=try; conduct; carry out)an experiment in chemistry 做化学实验/make experiment in physics 要物理实验。
2. gas [^As]n. 煤气；可燃气；气体；汽油
例：Air is a mixture of gases. 空气是几种气体的混合物。
Oxygen is one of the gases. 氧气是气体的一种。
Most matter has three states; solid, liquid and gas. 大多数物质具有三种状态：固态、液态和气态。
She cooks with gas.
[ 常用词组]be driven by gas 由气体驱动/gas burner煤气灶/gas furnace煤气炉/gas light 煤气灯/gas man/煤气厂工人/poison gas 毒气/gas fire煤气取暖器/gas pipe 煤气管道/ turn on the gas 打开煤气/waste gas 废气
/gas station 煤气站/gas holder 煤气库/gas mask 防毒面具/gas oil 汽油，瓦斯油/ gas stove 煤气灶
3. flame[fleim]n. 火焰，火苗；热情；光辉//v. 发出火焰，燃烧
例：The building burst into flames. 大楼起火了。
The sun was a flame on the horizon. 太阳象一团火出现在地平线上。
His face flamed wiht anger. 他气地脸都红了。
The campfire flamed. 篝火烧起来了。
Her anger flamed up at the sight. 她一看到这情况就勃然大怒。
[记忆技巧]联想记忆flaming adj. 燃烧的；火焰般的
4. wheel [wi:l]轮；车轮；机轮
例：A car runs on four wheels. 汽车用四个轮子行驶。
The wheel has come off. 轮子掉下来了
Change the left wheel of Mr. Green's car. 把格林先生车子的左轮换掉。
The wheels of history can not be turned back. 历史的车轮不能倒转。
Mary wheeled her bivycle up he hill. 玛丽把自行车推上山去。
[记忆技巧]联想记忆 wheelchair 轮椅
[常用词组]at the wheel 掌舵，驾驶；主管；负责/big wheel 要人；大人物/the wheels of state 国家的组织机构/wheel of fortune 命运之轮/wheel in 将（车）推进
5. engine [5endVin]n. 引擎，发动机；机车，火车头
例：The engine pulled a long line of freight cars. 这台机车拉了一长列货车。
The engine roared past. 机车呼啸而过。
[记忆技巧]联想记忆engineer 工程师，技师 / a jet engine 喷汽发动机/a steam engine 蒸汽机/nuclear weapons 核武器
7. economy [i(:)5kCnEmi]n. 经济，经济制度；节约，节省；理财
例：We cannot develop our national economy without science and technology. 没有科学技术我们就不能发展国民经济。
We must practise strict economy.我们要厉行节约。
[记忆技巧]联想记忆economic 经济的；economics 经济学
[常用词组]state -owned economy 国有经济/develop economy 发展经济/collective economy 集体经济/domestic economy 私有经济。
8. unneccessary adj. 不需要的，没有必要的；不重要的
例：A coat is unnecessary on a hot day. 大热天不需要外套。
A bivycle is unnecessary if you live here. 住在这里不需要有自行车。
[记忆技巧]词根un-表示否定，例如：fair公平的-unfair 不公平的
9. comfort [5kQmfEt] n. 舒适；安逸；安慰；给予慰籍的人或事物//vt. 安慰；使舒服
例：He had saved enough money so that he could live in comfort. 他攒了不少钱，足以舒舒服服地过日子。
The medicine gave me some comfort. 药物减轻我的痛苦。
We could give him no comfort (We could not comfort him). 我们无法安慰他。
She was a great comfort to me. 她对于我来说是个安慰。
Your letter was a great comfort to me. He did his best to comfort (to give comfort to )the unfortunate man. 他尽力安慰那个不幸的人。
"Don't you want a candy, daddy?" he comforted. “爸，你吃不吃块糖？”他安慰说。
[记忆技巧]comfortable 舒服的 舒适的；discomfort 使不舒服； uncomfortable 不舒服的
[常用词组]creature (=material)comfort 物质享受/Dutch comfort不起作用的安慰/increase travel comfort 增加旅行的舒适 / ordinary comfort 普通的安慰/winter comforts 冬令用品/live in comfort 生活安逸/a source of comfort 享受的源泉/read with comfort 安逸地读书/comfort in adversity 逆境中的安慰/administer spiritual comfort 给予精神安慰/derive comfort from 从...得到安慰/enjoy eomforts of life过舒适生活/speak comfort to a person 对某人说些宽慰的话 /take comfort reading 从读书中求宽慰
10. conduct vt. [5kCndQkt]处理，管理；指挥，引导；传导//n. 举止，行为；指导
例： His conduct does not harmonize with his preaching. 他的行为与他的说教不一致。
Many pupils in this class got prizes for good conduct. 这个班的许多学生因为行为好而得了奖。
His conduct of the business was very successful. 他经营的商业非常成功。
He was conducts electricity. 金属导电。
Who is conducting this evening?今天晚上谁指挥？
[记忆技巧]conduct n. (1)售票员，列车员，指导员；指挥（2）导体，导线；conduction n. [物]传导；输送
[常用词组]had(good)conduct 品行不端（端正）base(=low)conduct 卑劣的行为/degrading conduct 堕落的行为/diorderly conduct 暴乱的行为/highhanded conduct 高压的行为/impertinent conduct 无礼的行为/improper conduct 失当的行为/his conduct toward his brothers 他对兄弟的行为/amend one's conduct 改变自己的行为/be shocked by (=at)sb.'s conduct为某人的行为吃惊。
11. thunderstorm[5WQndEstC:m]n. 雷雨
例：A thunderstorm broke out. 雷雨发作了。
12. condenser [kEn5densE]n. 缩写者；冷凝器（或空气压缩器等）的操作者；电容器；冷凝器；空气压缩器；聚光器；聚光镜
例：A condenser is a device that cools gases into liquids.冷凝器是一种将气体转为液体的装置。
13. string [striN]n. 线；细绳；带子；一段绳子（或线）；（乐器等的)的弦；串；（一）列；弦乐器；[美]条件；限制//vt. 装上弦；串起来；用绳子缚、挂；使紧张；使兴奋；连一串；联结；融合
He was pulling it along at the end of a string. 他用一截绳子拉着它走。
A string of cars parked on the square. 广场上放着一长串汽车。
He had his guitar strung. 他（请人）将吉它装了弦。
The child is stringing beads. 那小孩将珠子串起来。
String this note on the front doorknob. 把这张字条挂在前门的把手上。
[常用词组]a generous offer with no strings attached 一顶不带任何条件的慷慨给予/a piece (ball)of string一根（团）线（或绳）a string of horses 一列马匹/a string of pearls (beads, etc)一串珍珠（珠子）/the strings of a violin 小提琴的弦/tied up with string 用绳子扎起来的/string ideas together将各种想法贯通
14. charge [tFB:dV]v. （1）控告（2）委以任务或责任；使负荷（3）要求；命令（4）收货；要（人）支付（多少钱）（5）攻击；突击；（6）充电//n. （1）指控；控告（2）收费；要价（3）冲锋；猛冲（4）交与某人的工作责任；托付某人照料的事务或人；责任委托（5）攻击
例：The police charged the man with stealing the money. 警察指控这个人偷了钱。
We are charged with a heavy task. 我们被委以一件繁重的任务。
Speak, I charge you!我命令你说！
He charged me $1.50for mending the watch. 他要我付了一元五角修表费。
The angry elephants charged the men. 愤怒的象群向那些人冲过去。
He forgot to charge the battery. 他忘记给电池充电了。
These books are free of charge. 这些书是免费的。
I put the children i nyour charge. 我将孩子委托你照顾。
[常用词组]in charge of...负责....../in the charge of ...由......负责
15. electric [I5lektrIk]a. 电的；电气的，电动的，导电的
例：Some electric wells have been built. 已打了几眼机井。
[记忆技巧]electricity n. 电
[常用词组]an electric bell 电铃/an electric chair 电椅/an electric clock 电钟/an delectric current 电流/an electric fan 电扇/an electric generator 发电机/an electric heater 电热器/ an electric iron 电烫斗/an electric lamp 一盏电灯/electric light 电灯光，电灯/a toy electric motor 一台玩具电动机/an electric stove 电炉/an electric torch （手）电筒/electric waves 电波
16. shock [FCk]n. 冲击；震荡；震惊；（电流通过身体引起的电震//v. 使震动；震惊；电击；使电震
例：When the tree fell down, i could feel the shock in the house. 树倒下的时候，我能感到房子的震动。
earthquake shocks 地震引起的震动。
The news was a terrible shock. 这消息是巨大的震惊。
If you touch an electric wire, you'll get a shock. 如果你去碰一根带电的电线，你就会受电击。
his mother was shocked at the news. 他的母亲听到这消息感到震惊。
[常用词组]an electric shock 电击
17. deal[di:l]vt. 处理；应付；分配，配发（给若干人）；发牌//vi. 发牌；做买卖，经营//n. 买卖，交易
例：I'll deal your problems later. 我以后再处理你的问题。
I tried to deal justice to all men.我力争对所有人都公正执法。
The teacher dealt out the books to the students. 老师把本子发给了学生。
Who deals next? 该谁出牌了？
This shop deals in electrical goods. 这家商店经营电气商品。
The factory has made a new deal with a buyer in Canada.这家工厂与加拿大的一位买主新做了一笔买卖。
[常用词组]a packet deal 一揽子交易 /a square deal 公平的待遇/a great deal of work 大量工作
18. prove[pru:v]vt. （1）证明，证实（2）考验；试验（3）表现出//vi. 证明是；表现是
例：It was proved from another fact. 它由另一事实证明。
I must prove his honesty.我必须考验他是否诚实。
The new typist proved to be useless. 这位新打字员证明是不合格的。
The treatment proved successful. 该疗法证明是成功的。
She proved a very strivt teacher. 结果证明她是一位严格的老师。
It proved to be of no practical help. 结果证明它没有什么实际作用。
[常用词组]prove to be ... 证明是……/It is proved that... 据证明……
19. tear n. （1）（布、纸等上的）洞；裂缝//（1）v. 撕裂；弄破（2）夺走；撕下（3）破；碎（4）跑；奔；猛鸣//n. 泪
例：A nail tore a hole in his shirt. 钉子把他的衬衣撕破一个洞。
He was badly beaten. His colthes were tom. 他给打得很厉害，衣服也撕破了。
He was bare-footed, wearing a torn and dirty shirt. 他赤着脚，穿了一件又脏又破的衬衣。
Tear a page out of your notebook. 从你的笔记本上撕下一页。
The children tore out of the classroom when the bell rang. 下课一响孩子们就奔出教室。
He tore down the road. 他沿着马路飞跑。
She was in tears as she told the story of what had happened. 她一边流泪一边讲事情发生的经过。
Why is Erica in tears? 埃瑞卡为什么哭？
[常用词组]Wipe away your tears. 擦掉你的眼泪/answer in tears 含泪相答/ brush the tears away 挥泪/ drop tears 掉泪 /dry one's tears 擦干...的眼泪 /move sb. to tears 使某人感动得流泪/ruduce sb. to tears 使某人流泪/shed tears of happiness 流下幸福的热泪/a tear shell 催泪弹/be in tears 正哭着/brust into tears 突然哭起来
20. handkerchief [5hANkEtFi:f]n. 手帕，手绢；头巾，围巾
例：He blew his nose in his handkerchief. 他用手帕擦鼻子。
Cowboys and Boy Scouts wear handkerchiefs. 牛仔和童子军围头巾。
21. frame[freim]n. (1)骨架，构架（2）框子；框架（3）身材，体型（4）心境，思想状态（5）组织，体制//vt. （1）搭架子（2）制订，拟出，想象（3）陷害
例：A modern tent has colth walls over a metal frame. 现代帐篷都是金属架上盖布做墙。
He is a man of strong frame. 他这人体格健壮。
She was in a cheerful frame of mind.她 心情愉快。
The frame of our government is described in the constituition . 我们的政府机构 宪法里作了说明。
Please frame of a shelter for bicycles. 请搭一个自行车蓬。
They have framed a plan of action . 他们已制定出行动计划。
That law was framed to protect freedom of speech. 制定法律保护言论自由。
He was framed by his enemies. 他被仇人陷害。
22. sharp adj. （1）锋利的；快的（2）尖的；锐利的（3）清楚的；明显的（4）刺耳的；尖锐的（5）敏锐的，精明的（6）易怒的；尖刻的//adv. （1）尖锐的；突然（2）正；准
例：Be careful with that knife, it's very sharp. 当心那把刀子——它很锋利。
The tower stands sharp against the clear sky. 塔巍然屹立映着晴朗的天空。
I heard a sharp cry. 我听到一声尖叫。
He is as sharp as a needle. 他非常机智。
The road turns sharp to the right. 路突然向右转个弯。
Come at two o'clock sharp. 两点正来。
[常用词组]look sharp 留神；注意/at 10 o'clock sharp 十点正 /sharp ears and eyes 敏锐的耳目/sharp eyed 眼快的；目光敏锐。
23. foot n. （1）脚，足（2）最下部；底部（3）脚步，步法（4）英尺（略作ft.）
例：I wear sandals on my feet. 我脚上穿着凉鞋。
My house is at the foot of the hill. 我家在山脚下。
He has a swift foot. 他走得很快。
One foot (1 ft.)is 12 inches. 一英尺等于12英寸。
One metre is 3 1/4 feet. 一米等于三又四分之一英尺。
[ 常用词组]have a light foot 脚步轻快
24. fasten vt. （1）使牢固， 使固定，系住。捆在一起//vi. （1）变得牢固，锁住（2）抓紧，抓住
例：We use buttons to fasten our clothes. 我们用纽扣把衣服扣好。
Fasten these paper together. 把这些文件钉在一起。
Have you fastened all the doors and windows? 你把所有的门窗关牢了没有？
She fastened her eyes on me. 她用眼睛盯着我。
The window ill not fasten. 这窗户闩不上了。
He fastened on the idea at once. 他立刻坚持这种想法。
[记忆技巧]根据构词记忆，-en——是后缀“使得……”， 例如：sharp 锋利的——sharpen 使变锋利。
25. ribbon n. （1）丝带，缎带，绒带（2）（打字机、盖印器等的）色带（3）（勋章的）绶带，饰带（4）（帽檐上的）饰带（5）丝带状之物，细长片（6）裂成细条状之物。
例：We all like to tie up our hair with ribbons. 我们都喜欢用丝带扎头发。
[常用词组]tie up one's hair with a ribbon 用丝带扎头发/a ribbon -cutting ceremony 剪彩典礼/a ribbon of road (像丝带般蜿蜒的）一条道路/be torn to (hang in )ribbons 被撕裂成细长碎片（裂成细长碎片垂拄着）
26. explain v. 解释，说明；辩解
例：This bookd explains the meaning of words. 这本书是讲解词义的。
Can you explain what thsi means?你能讲一下这是什么意思吗？
She explained that she hadn't recognized me. 她解释说她没有认出我来。
Yesterday, some students didn't attend school, so the teacher asked them to explain themselves. 昨天有几个学生没来上学，老师要他们说明原因。
[记忆技巧]联想记忆explanation n. 解释，辩解
[常用词组]explain to ... 向……解释/explain oneself 陈述理由，说明清楚/explain away 辩解，辩明，解释……以除去
27. explain [iks5plein](1)选出，挑出；拣出（2）区别出；看出
例：Can you pick out the right one?你能找出正确的那一个吗？
I'm going to pick out a few books to send to some friends in Sounth China.我将挑选几本书寄给华南的几个朋友。
At registration I had trouble picking out my courses. 注册时，我不知道选读哪门功课好。
Pick out the participles or gerunds in the following wentences and give their functions. 区别下列句子中的分词和动名词，并说明它们的作用。
There's such a big crowd that I can't pick Samuel out. 人太多了，我找不出塞谬尔来。
28. monster[5mCnstE]n. （1）庞然大物，怪物（2）恶人，猛兽//adj. 极大的
例：Dragons are monsters. 龙是怪物。
This is a monster potato. 这是一个极大的土豆。
He is a monster. 他是一个恶人。
[常用词组]a cruel monster 残忍的怪物/ghosts and monsters 妖魔鬼怪/a real monster 地地道道的怪物/an ugly monster 丑陋的怪物/ a sea monster 海中大怪物/subdue monsters 征服巨兽/ tame monsters 驯服巨兽
29. shampoo[FAm5pu:]n. （1）洗头（发）（2）洗发剂（粉，精）//vt. （1）用洗发精洗（头发等）（2）用洗发精给（某人）洗发。
例：When you shampoo your hair, you wash it with shampoo. 当你洗头发时，你用洗发精。
[常用词组]give oneself a shampoo( 自己）洗发/have a shampoo and set at the hairdresser's在美容院洗发和做头发
30. drug [drQ^]n . （1）药物（2）麻醉药品；成瘾性毒品
例：An effective drug is bitter. 良药苦口。
The doctor gave me mother a new drug dor her headaches. 医生给我母亲开了一种治头疼的新药。
Heroin is a dangerous drug. 海洛因是一种危险的毒品。
31. test[test]vt. （1）检验；检查（2）试验（3）考试；测验//n. （1）考试；测验（2）用以考验之物；试金石
例：The doctor tested my eyes. 医生检查了我的眼睛。
The teacher tested us to see if we had done our homework. 教员考我们，看我们是否做了家庭作业。
The examiner gave the children a test in arithmetic.考官为孩子们作了一次算术测验。
The test of practice is another leap in knowledge.实践的检验是知识的又一次飞跃。
Please help me give out these test papers. 请帮我分发这些试卷。
Poverty is often a xevere test of a man 's character. 贫穷往往是对人格最严厉的考验。
[常用词组]accurate test 精密的实验/a blood test 验血/a maths test 数学测验/a matriculation test 入学测验/a test of strength 体力的考验 /to be suubjected to severe tests 经受严峻的考验 /to give (take) a test in English 举行（参加）英语考试/to put ... to the test 把……试验一下；使……经受考验/to stand the test 经得起考验/test tube试管/test pilot（飞机）试飞员
32. doubt [daut]n. 怀疑；疑惑；疑问//vt. 怀疑；不信；拿不准
例：I have my doubts about it. 我对此有怀疑。
If there is any doubt, you had better make certain. 如果你有什么不能肯定的，一定要弄清楚。
Do you doubt that it is true?你怀疑它是真的吗？
We don't doubt that he can do a good job of it. 我们不怀疑（相信）他能把这件事做得很好。
I don't doubt very much whether he is coming or not. 我很怀疑他是否来。
No doubt we shall succeed by ourselves. 无疑，我们是能够独立取得成功的。
[常用词组]There is no doubt that ... 毫无疑问……/I doubt of ... 我怀疑是否……
33. cruel [5kruEl]a. 残酷的，残忍的，痛苦的
例：The cruel man was hitting the donkey.那个残酷的人正在抽打那头驴。
How could he be so cruel?他怎么能这样残酷无情？
They led the father and son to Gessler, the cruel governor.他们把泰勒父子领到残暴的总督盖勒面前。
[常用词组]a cruel man (boy, person, etc.) 残忍的男人（男孩，人）/cruel treatment 残酷的待遇
34. activist [5Aktivist]n. 行动（实践）主义者，行动队员，活动家；活跃的人
例：The police suspect the attack was a carried out by animal right activists. 警察怀疑这场袭击是动物权力活动家所做的。
[记忆技巧]根据构词法记忆-ist是后缀表示“……家，人，主义者”例如：Marxist 马克思主义者，communist共产主义者，socialist 社会主义者[常用词组]a student activist 搞活动的学生
35. pro[prEu]n. 职业选手，专家，行家//adj. 职业选手的，专家的，行家的
例：The girl always dreams that she can be a pro dancer. 这个女孩一直梦想她可以成为一位职业舞蹈家。
[常用词组]a pro boxer 职业拳击家
36. conclusion[kEn5klu:VEn]n. （1）结束（2）推断；结论（3）缔结；解决；安排
例：The discussion was brought to a conclusion .讨论结合了。
Finally they came to this conclusion. 最后，他们得出了这个结论。
His conclusion certainly sounded reasonable.他的结论听起来确实有一定的道理。
The rapprochement between France and Italy will lead to conclusion of peace. 法易两国的谅解是缔结和平的先导。
[记忆技巧]根据构词法记忆-sion 构成名词 例如：comprehend v. -comprehension n. 理解
[常用词组]make an conclusion 得出结论
四、易混易错词语辨析
1.辨析 go on with，go on to do 和 go on doing：
三个词都有“继续”之意，go on to do 意为“继续做另一件事”，go on with 和 go on doing 意为“继续做同一件事”；但 go on with 有时强调做同一件事时中间有间隔和停顿。还有“发生，（时间）流逝”等意义。如：
What is going on out there? 外面那里发生什么事？
As time went on, things began to change. 随着时间的流逝，情况开始发生变化。
2.辨析Dark 和 darkness：
(1)两词均可表“黑暗”，“夜色”之意，但 dark 通常指较长时间的情况，且常与 the 连用，darkness 则指暂时的情况，不常与 the 连用。如：
Cats can see in the dark. 猫能在黑暗中看见东西。
The room was in complete darkness. 室内一片漆黑。
(2)作“傍晚”讲时，应用 dark，且前面通常不加 the，此时，不可用 darkness 替换。如：
before / after / at dark 在天黑以前/天黑以后/天黑时。
3.辨析 discover 和 invent：
前者表示“发现”，即发现本来存在但未知晓的事物（常指地方或科学事实）；后者表示“发明”，即“产生原来没有的东西”，如：
Gillbert discovered electricity, but Edison invented the light bulb. 吉尔伯发现了电，而爱迪生发明了灯泡。
Unit17 Famous women
一、课文背景知识
本单元的话题是世界杰出女性
居里夫人（1877-1934）
原子能时代的开创者之一，世界上第一个两次诺贝尔奖获得者，二十世纪最有声望的女人—居里夫人。
癌，这个吞噬人们生命的怪物，在人类历史的长河中，曾几何时奔荡不羁，象战争的罪犯，给人们留下痛苦和死亡。人们无时无刻不在寻找同它斗争的武器。可是，一个世纪又一个世纪地过去了，直到二十世纪初，波兰伟大的科学家玛丽.居里——斯克洛道夫斯卡和她的丈夫埃尔.居里发现了一个新的放射性元素——镭。它可以破坏被病毒侵蚀了的细胞，然后构成新的、健康的细胞组织。这样，镭就成了治癌的有利武器。
居里夫人历经磨难，但意志坚强，且鄙视名利。她光辉的一生足以照亮她所生活的那个时代。她给我们以深刻的教益和启迪。一次，有一位报社记者前来采访这位科学家，想把她的事迹报道出去。她坚定地回答：“在科学上重要的是研究出来的‘东西’，不是研究者的‘个人’。她还说，”人必须有耐心，特别是要有信心”，我们应该相信，自己对于某种事业有特殊的才干，并且应该不惜任何代价来完成这个事业。”
有名的学者爱因斯坦曾经这样评价居里夫人：“在我所认识的所有著名人物里面，居里夫人是唯一不为盛名所颠倒的人。”
Mother Teresa（1990-1997）
一位天使英雄（angel hero），一生为普通民众行善的修女，有一段评价为证——“on September5, 1997, late in the evening around 9:30 p.m., Mother Teresa goes to Heaven in the Mother house in Calcutta. Totally finished and worn out, as she had given herself totally, wholeheartedly, freely and unconditionally to the poorest of the poor, for the love of jesus."”
Helen Thayer
著名的探险家和作家（Adventurer and author），第一位独立到北极,和撒哈拉沙漠的女性（first solo woman to make the North Pole trekking, the first woman to walk across the Sahara Desert）。
Thayer 有很多精彩的话语，既反映了他的真实心态，也激励着千万人不畏艰难挑战人生。这里仅列举几则——”push on even when it seems impossible." ," A goal is only a dream if you don't have a plan." ;" My journey was like life itself," " We all have our problems as we traver to our goals, but we cai all reach our goals just as I did, one step at a time, never giving up on ourselves. If we reach for the top and believe we can do it, we can all make our dreams come true."; "Age is no barrier to your dreams and goals," ;"We regard our bodies as finely tuned machines that have to be maintained," "Once people start thinking they're over the hill, they are." ;" I like to see what's on the other side of the hill." 。
Oprah Winfrey
美国著名电视节目主持人（ a successful TV personality，entertainment executive ），她出身黑人家庭，但事业卓群，她的娱乐节目有极高的艺术性，也富有浓郁的人情味，因而被誉为“荧屏常青树”，获得系列殊荣，“Oprah Winfrey was named one of the 100 Most Influential People of the 20th century by Time Magazine，and in 1998 received a lifetime Achievement Award from the National Academy of Television Arts and Sciences。
When Forbes magazine published its list of America'a billionaires for the year 2003, it disclosed that Oprah Winfrey was the first African-American woman to become a billionaire.
二、疑难详解
1. Alone in Antarctica 独自在南极
[问]alone的含义和用法是怎样的？
[答]作为形容词，along 意为“单独地，独自地，独一无二的”， 一般用作表语，用在名词或代词之后时为“只有，唯有，仅仅”等， alone还可用作副词，意为“单独；独自”，例如：He was alone in the house .他独自一人在家里。
I am not alone in thinking so. 并非只有我才这样想的。
Smith alone knew what happened. 只有史密斯知道发生了什么事。
[习惯用法]all alone独自一人，孤零零地； leave sb. (sth.) alone 听其自然，不要去管，让某人（某物）独自留在那儿；let sb. (sth). alone 听其自然，不要去管，让某人（某物）独自留在那儿；leave severely alone 绝对不理，不介入；敬而远之；不再打交道，不再去干；let alone 至于……更不必说；let sb. (sth.)alone 随它去；不干涉（打扰）；stand alone in 在……方面独一无二。
2. What else, but a journey at the opposite and of the world. Antarctica. 除了在世界的另一端即南极旅行，还能做什么别的呢？
[问]此句中but怎么理解？
[答]but在此句中作介词，相当于except，意为“除……之外”，又如：no one but me 除我以外没别人
No one but she saw the prowler.除她以外没有一个人看见那个行窃者。传统的语法学家考虑当but用于表示例外的意思时应该用什么形式的代词，比如No one but I (或者No one but me )has read it 。 有人认为but在这种句子中是个连词，因此应该使用主格I。然而虚度语法雪茄的讨论有些不一致，即当but短语出现在句子末尾时用宾格me比较合适，如No one has read it but me （除我以外没有人读过它）。同时这种结构前置处理的重要性是值得考虑的，并且不会被认为是不正确的。此处，but还可用作连词表示转折，用作副词意为“几乎，仅仅”，如：I was going to write, but I lost your address. 我本来要写信的，可是把你的地址弄丢了。（连词）
The job is all but finished!这工作差不多完成了！（副词）
3. My dog team weren't with me to pull my sled. 我没有群狗来为我拉雪橇。
[问]本句的主语是my dog team 为什么谓语动词用复数weren't?
[答]team形式上是单数，但有时候表达复数的含义，谓语动词用复数，在语法上这称做“主谓一致”。试比较：
Our team is sure to win this game. 我们的球队肯定会赢得这场比赛。
our team are taking exercise now. 我们的队员正在训练。
family, group, crowd, class, government, company, population 等作主语时，也应根据“意义一致”的原则，按所表达的含义确定其谓语动词形式。
4. Another journey of challenge and danger was about to began. 又一次挑战和危险的旅行即将开始。
[问]be about to do sth. 是什么意思？
[答]be about to 是一种将来时表达法，表示最近的将来，意思为“正要……”“即将……”。需要注意的是，若句子中有具体的时间状语则不能用be about to， 而要用be going to， 如：
When I saw Mary, she was about to get on the bus. 我看到玛丽时，她正要上车。
Hurry up!They are going to finish the work in five minutes. 快点！他们五分钟就做完了。
此外，“be to do sth,"亦可表示“按计划或那派将要做某事”。如：
We are to have to meeting this afternoon. 我们今天下午要开会。
5. I had travelled only two hours one day when the winds incresed so much that I had to put my tent up before the winds became too strong. 一天我刚走了两小时，这时风变得太大，我不得不在强风到来之前搭起帐篷。
[问]此句中的when 是什么用法？so much that 是什么意思？
[答}when用作连词，意为“正在……的时候”（=at the very moment),如，We were about to start when it began to rain. 我们正要出发。这时候就开始下雨了。so... that 意为“如此……以致……”与such...that同义，但so是副词，修饰形容词或副词。例如：He was so hardworking that he was praised by the teacher.他很勤奋，所以受到老师的表扬。
His arms were so long he could touch the ceiling. 他手臂很长，能摸到天花板。
The weather was so fine that we all went out for a walk.
天气这么好，我们都去散步了。
6. On November 12 the storm lay down. 十一月十二日哪天暴风平息了。
[ 问]此句中lay down是什么意思。
[答]lie down意为 “躺下”， “……平息下来”等。例如：
He always lies down on the ground whenever he stops. 他一停下来就总是躺在地上。
Their quarrel finally lay down. 他们的争吵终于平息下来了。
The winds and waves on the sea will soon lie down. 海上马上就会风平浪静。
7. I had fallern into a hole and was hanging on the ropes tied to the sled.我掉进了一个窟窿，正悬在连接着雪橇的绳子上 。
[问]tied to the sled 是什么结构？在句子中有何作用？
[答]这是一个过去分词短语在句中作定语，相当于一个定语从句，修饰名词ropes, 过去分词短语作定语时常位于被修饰的名词之后。又如：
Today's computers are of much difference from tomorrow. 今早发出的信件她明天就可收到了。
而单个的过去分词作定语常位于名词之前，如：
The cold wind was blowing through a broken window. 寒风从破碎的窗子吹了进来。
8. If I keep lying on the ice. I would soon die. 如果我继续躺在冰上，我会冻死的。
[问]keep doing sth. 是何意？
[答]keep doing sth. 意为“继续做某事”，如:
The owner of the shop kept talking all the time. 店主一直在说话。
It kept raining for three days. 雨连续下了三天。
[辨析]keep doing sth. 表示连续不断的动作或同一动作持续的状态，而keep on doing sth. 意为：继续做，反复做某事”，强调动作的重复性，如：
Why do you keep on asking such silly questions?你干嘛老问这样的傻问题呢？
She kept on working although she was tired. 她尽管很累但仍继续干活。
值得一提的是，keep on 后只能接表示动作的-ing形式如talking，walking， crying等，而不能接表示静止状态的-ing 形式如standing, lying, sitting,sleeping等。如我们不可以说: He kept on standing for half an hour. 但我们可以说：He kept standing for half an hour.
9. I had to make a decision. Wait to get better or give up ?我必须做出决定，是等待情况好转还是放弃呢？
[问]make a decision 怎么理解？give up, give in 和give out 有何区别？
[答]make a decision 意为“决定下来，作出决定，下决心”等，与decision连用的短语还有：came to a decision 做出决定； arrive at a decision 做出决定；reach a decision 做出决定；give a decision for 判决对……有利；give a decision against 判决对……不利；give a decision against判决对……不利；leave ... to the decision of 由……来决定（某事）；with decision 断然，等等。
give up和give in都有“让步；放弃”的含义；give up指行为或努力受挫或别的原因儿童主动放弃，可用作及物东西，跟名词或v.-ing作宾语；也可作不及物动词；give in 指不再坚持自己的行为或观点等，而按别人的要求去做，一般作不及物动词；give out意为“用完；耗尽；体力不支”，是不及物动词。例如：The wind was strong and the waves were big, so he had to give up attempting /his attempt to swim the channel. 风急浪高，他只好放弃横渡海峡的打算。
We must under no circumstances give up halfway. 我们绝不能半途而废。
As neither of the two sides would give in, the agreement fell through. 由于双方都不肯让步，所以没能达成协议。
10. In her television shows she makes if possible to talk about great moment and difficulties in people's lives.
她在电视节目中使得谈论人民生活中的辉煌时刻和难题成为可能。
[问]怎么粉刺此句结构？怎样理解此句中的it？
[答]make...possible 意为“使……成为可能”， it在此用作形式宾语，真正的宾语是动词不定式短语 to talk about great moment and difficulties in people's lives, 形容词possible 作宾补。又如：
If yuo work hard, you will make a good sailor. 如果你肯努力，你将成为一个好水手。
Science and technology have made it possible for farmers to produce more grain. 科学技术已经使农民有可能生产出更多的粮食。
常用于这个句型的动词还有： find, think, consider等；
As he is an old friend of mine, I dind it difficult ot refuse him.出于他是我的老朋友，我觉得很难拒绝他。
Do you think it neccessary to say a few words at the meeting?你认为有必要在会上讲几句话吗？
He feels it his duty to help others. 他感到帮助别人是他的责任。
11. She has helped thousands of men and women come to terms with things that bother them and that they could not talk about with others. 她帮助成千上万的人对使他们心烦的，不能与别人谈论的事情采取将就态度。
[问]come to terms with是什么意思？
[答]come to terms with意为“甘心忍受（不愉快的处境）；屈服；妥协；达成协议；接受条件，对……采取将就态度”， 如：He always comes to terms with his existence. 他总是安分守纪；与term连用的短语还有：at term到期终时，到期；be in terms 在谈判（交涉）中；be on intimate terms with 与……关系密切；bring sb. to terms 使某人接受条件，使某人屈服（就范）；during one's term of office 在任职期间；for term of (one's)life 一辈子；in any term 无论如何；在任何情况下；in black and white terms 白纸黑字；毫不含糊；in general terms 概括地，笼统地；in high terms 极力称赞；in plain terms 简单说来，坦白地说；in practical terms 实际上； in terms在谈判协商中；in terms of 依……，据……；从……方面；从……角度来讲；换算，折合；以……为单位；关于，在……方面，就……来说； in the long term从长远观点来看； in the short term 就眼前来说；keep on good (friendly)terms with sb. 与某人保持良好（友谊）关系，交朋友；keep terms with sb. 和……继续谈判，与某人保持友好关系； not on any terms (on no terms )决不，无论如何不；on equal terms with 和……条件相同，与……平等相处；on one's own terms 按照自己的条件（价钱）；按照自己的主张
12. Being black and a woman made life even more difficult in American at that time. （作为）黑人和妇女使得当时在美国的生活更加艰难。
[问]being 是什么意思？being black and a woman 在句中起什么作用？
[答]句中的being 作“作为，由于是……”解/
Being a hero made him very proud. 作为一个英雄他非常自豪。
Being a teacher, she is always strict with her pupils. 由于她是一位老师，她对学生总是要求严格。
Being black and a woman 在句中作主语，-ing形式可用作句子的主语， 又如；
Jumping from somewhere high is very dangerous. 从高处跳是很危险的。
Living in big cities is not always so pleasant. 生活在大城市并不总是很愉快的。
Her father showed her how hard work and discipline could head her to self -improve -ment.她父亲告诉她辛勤的努力和严格的纪律能使她走上自我完善的道路。
[问]怎么理解 lead to? self-improvement 是什么意思？
[答]lead to“导致，通向，使……走上”，又如：All roads lead to Rome. （谚语）条条大路通罗马。
He led us to his home. 他把我们带到他家。
It is only hard work that can usually lead you to success.只有努力工作才能导致成功。
self-improvement 是个复合词，意为“自我提高，自我完善”，self-意为“自我……”，又如：self-buried adj. 自埋的，自然力量掩埋的；self-care n. 自我照顾；self-centered adj. 自我为中心的，自私自利的；self-clean-ing adj. 自洁式的，自动清洗
的；self-control n. 克己，自我控制，等等。
14. Oprah listende to her father and a few years later she won a college scholarshilp that allowed her to go the university. 欧普拉听了她父亲的话，几年后她便获得大学的奖学金，使她能进入大学学习。
[问]如何理解that allow her to go to university?
[答]that allow her to go to universitys是that引导的定语从句，修饰scholarship, allow sb. to do sth n. 意为“允许某人做某事”，如：
Allow me to introduce Miss Mary. 请允许我介绍一下玛丽小姐。
The government servants aren't allowed to avvept rewards.公务员不得接受酬谢。
We don't allow such things to be done. 我们不容许有这种事情发生。
Are we allowed to use the basin by the side of the cupboard?我们能使用柜子边上的洗脸盆吗？
Allow还有“承认”的意思，如：
We must allow that he is a good teacher. (We must allow him to be a good teacher.)我们应当承认他是位好老师。
We haveto allow five per cent of our profit for tear and wear.我们必须将所得利润的酌留百分之五作为损耗费。
15. In 1971, she began working part -time on a radio programme. 1971年她开始在一个广播节目中做零活。
[问]working part -time 是什么意思？
[答]working part -time意为"兼职的，部分时间的，非专职的”，其反义词为full-time，意为“专职的，全部时间的”，例如：
Doing cleaning is her part-time job.做清洁是她的兼职工作。
Are you teaching part-time or full-time?你是兼职教员还是专职教员？
Many college student are doing part -time jobs. 许多大学生都有临时工作。
What's yor full-time job two years ago?两年前你的专职工作是什么？
三、本单元高考热点归纳与拓展
[概述]
1. 重点单词和词组
inspire，generous，cheerful，mean，miserable，dishonest，stormy，threaten，somehow，regret， extreme，climate，value，admire，come to terms with，brother，frame，primary，hardship，graduation 等。
2. 重点语法：
本单元的语法重点是学习“主谓一致”的有关知识。主语和谓语动词保持一致是英语的重要特点。若主语是单数名词（代词），谓语也应用单数，反之则用复数，此所谓语法一致。如：But changes were just around the corner.
有些名词形式为单数但表达复数意义，谓语仍用复数，如team, police, public, people 等；有些名词形式为复数但表达单数意义，谓语动词应用单数，如news, maths, politics, physics 等，称为意义一致。
The boy's team has some good players, but the girls'is a better team.
My dog team weren't with me to pull my sled.
若有多个名词作主语，应按“就近一致”的原则，即谓语动词的形式取决于靠它最近的名词（主语）。例如：
There is a pen, a radio and some books on the desk.
There are some books, a pen and a radio on the desk.
[经典解析]
例；1. Sandy could do nothing but ______ to his teacher that he was wrong.
A. admit B. admitted C. admitting D. to admit
简析：本题考查 but 作介词的用法。do nothing but do sth. 意为“只好做某事”，but 后接动词原形，故答案为A。
[高考透视]介词 but 相当于 except，意为“除了”，常与 all, everything, nothing 等不定式代词或等疑问词连用。常见搭配有 nothing but （只有）；do nothing but do something（只好做某事）；cannot but do sth. = can't choose but do sth.（不得不做某事）；have no choice but to do sth.（别无选择只好做某事）；can't help but do sth.（禁不住做某事）等。
例：2.—Is John coming by train?
—He should, but he ____ not. He likes driving his car.
A. must B. can C. need D. may
简析：答案为D。根据“He likes driving his car.”可看出 “他也许不会（乘火车来）”。B项虽然语法正确，但不符合语境。从答语看来，说话人并没有十足的把握。
[高考透视] must 语气非常肯定，常用于陈述句，may 语气不太肯定，而 can 用在否定句中表示否定的推测或判断，意为“一定不，不可能”等。
例：3. We are going to the bookstore in John's car. You can come with us ______ you can meet us there later.
A. but B. and C. or D. then
简析：本题考查并列连词的含义及用法。but 表示“转折”，and 表示“并列”，or 表示“选择”，then 表示“承接”。分析题意可知 come with us 和 meet us there later 这两个动作既不是转折关系，也不是并列关系，也不是承前启后，而是表示选择，即二者可选其一，故答案为C。
例：4. Since you have repaired my TV set, ______ is no need for me buy a new one.
A. it B. there C. this D. that
简析：本题考查 there be 句型，根据句意“我没必要买新的”不难确定正确答案为B。
[高考透视]“there be” 结构中的动词 be 可有各种时态形式，并可与助动词、情态动词或连系动词一起构成谓语，如：
There will (is going to) be a meeting on Monday. 星期一有个会议。
There has been much talk about the matter. 关于这件事已经说得够多了。
There must (might ought to) be a person waiting for you. 一定（可能、应该）有人在等你。
There seems to be bo more time now. 看来没时间了。
There happened to be an accident on the road. 路上碰巧发生了事故。
例：5. The parkers bought a new house but ______ will need a lot of work before they can move in.
A. they B. it C. one D. which
简析：本题容易受汉语的干扰，误以为“他们需要做很多工作才能搬进去”而选A，误以为 which 在此引导定语从句而选D。正确答案应为B，代词 it 用来替代可数名词 a new house。
四、单词详解。
1. inspire [in5spaiE]vt. 鼓舞，感动，激发，启示，使生灵感，产生//vt. 吸入，赋予灵感。
例：a leader who inspires by example. 一位身体力行的领袖。
I was inspired to work harder than ever before. 我受激励比以往任何时候都更加努力地工作。
a philosophy which inspired revolution 一个引起革命的哲学思想。
The falling leaves inspired her with sadness .落叶触动了她的伤感。
a teacher who inspired admiration and respect. 博得欣赏和尊敬的教师。
[记忆技巧]inspired 受到鼓舞的；inspiring 鼓舞人心的
[常用词组]inspire a new thought into sb. 将新思想灌输给某人/ inspire sb. with courage 鼓起某人的勇气/inspire sth. in sb. 使某人产生某种感情/激发某人的某种感情/inspire sb. with sth. 使某人产生某种感情/激发某人某种感情/inspire sth. into sb. 把某种思想灌输给某人
2. generous [5dVenErEs]adj. 慷慨的，大方的，有雅量的
例：He is very generous ---he often buys things for other people.她很大方，经常为别人来买东西。
The young heiress was so generous that she gave all her money away in a couple of years. 年轻的女继承人过于大方以致不到几年的功夫就把钱都送掉了。
He is generous with his money.他花钱大方。
a generous helping of meat and vegetable 一份丰富的肉和蔬菜。
[常用词组]a generous gift 大方的礼物/generous harvest 丰收/generous field 肥沃的土地/generous colour 浓颜色/generous wine 气味浓郁的酒/a generous meal 丰盛的一餐
3. cheerful [5tFiEful]adj.愉快的, 高兴的，兴致高的；精神愉快的
例：a cozy, cheerful room 舒适的，令人愉快的房间
He is cheerful in spite of his illness. 他虽然有病但是情绪很好。
That's a cheerful remark. [反]听了真叫日呢莫名其妙。
[记忆技巧]cheerfully adv. 高高兴兴的；cheerfulness n. 高兴，快活；cheer n. 愉快，欢呼；v. （使）快活，（对）欢呼
4. mean [mi:n]adj. 低劣的，卑鄙的；普通的；吝啬的；简陋的；平均的，惭愧的，不舒服的
例：Peter's father was very mean; he never gave Peter any new clothes. 彼得的父亲很小气，他从不给彼得添新衣服。
He's no mena teacher. 他可不是个差劲的教师。
I mean the red one, not the green one. 我是指那个红的，不是绿的。
I mean what I say. 我说到做到。
I meant to give you this book todya, but I forgot. 我本来打算今天给你这本书的，可是我忘了。
I believe he is meant to be a soldier.我相信他天生是要当军人的。
The dark coluds mean rain. 乌云是下雨的征兆。
My friends mean a lot to me. 我的朋友对我来说非常重要。
You are meant to leave a tip. 你得留下小费。
The opinions of the critics meant nothing to him. She meant so much to me. 对他来说， 批评家们的意见没有任何意义。她对于我来说那么重要。
She mens well, despite her blumders. 她用意是好的，尽管她因为无知犯了大错误。
What do you mean by saying that?你那样说是什么意思？
[记忆技巧]扩展记忆法：vt. 意谓，想要，预定；vi. 用意，有意义
[常用词组]be mean to do 照道理（照规矩）应该/Do you mean to say...?你的意思是说……吗？难道……吗？/What do you mean by...?
你这是什么意思？（=What on earth do you mena by...?)你怎么胆敢……？你怎么竟然……？/mean ill (to sb. /by sb.)（对某人）存心不良，（对某人）出于好意；（对某人）抱着帮忙的态度。/a mean motive 卑微的动机。
5. warm-hearted adj.热诚的，热心的
例：tense muscles 绷紧的肌肉
The players were tense at the start of the game. 队员们在比赛开始时很紧张。
[常用词组]at prime tense 最初，起先，立即/the perfect tense 完成时/the present (past, future )tense现在（过去，将来）时/the progressive (continuous)tense 进行时
7. miserable [5mizErEbl]adj. 痛苦的，悲惨的，可怜的
例：The child is cold, hungry, and tired, so of course he's feeling miserable. 这孩子又冷，又饿，又疲劳，当然他感到很痛苦。
Before liberation , most peasants lived a miserable life. 解放前多数农民过着悲惨的生活。
It's raining again -what miserable weather! 又下雨了，多烦人的天气！
[常用词组]a miserable failure 一败涂地 a miserable climate 令人非常难受的气候/a miserable trick一个卑劣的把戏/miserable handicraft 蹩脚的工艺品
8. dishonest [dis5Cnist]adj. 不正直；不诚实的；欺诈的
例：The dishonest goverment official was publicly disgraced. 那个不诚实的政府官员被公开贬斥。
get money by dishonest means 非法赚钱，得不义之财
[记忆技巧]联想记忆法：honest adj. 诚实的，忠实的；an honest face 真诚坦率的脸；a dishonest answer 不老实的回答；a dishonest car dealer 不诚实的汽车经营者
9. dull [dQl]感觉或理解迟钝的，无趣的，呆滞的，阴暗的//vt. 使迟钝，使阴暗，缓和//vi. 变迟钝，减少
例：Business in dull. 生意冷清。
He dulled his knife. 他把刀弄钝了。
Some drugs dull pain. 有些药能止痛。
This cheap knife dulls easily. 这把便宜的刀容易变钝。
[常用词组](as)dull as ditch -water [口]非常沉闷乏味/a dull knife. 一把钝刀/a dull ache. 隐痛/a dull play 一出乏味的戏/a dull brown colour 暗棕色/a dull, cloudy day阴沉的、多云的日子/dull pupils 愚笨的学生/a dull speech 单调乏味的讲话/a dull book 枯燥无味的书。
10. mile[mail]n. 英里；较大的距离
例：The woman knew that the nearest village was miles away. 这位妇女知道，即使最近的村庄也在数英里之外。
It stands (sticks)out a mile. 俚 一目了然，显而易见
He has a 10-mile drive each day to and from his work. 他每天上下班驱车十英里。
to miss the target a mile 远远没有击中目标
They had to walk for miles i nthe airport. 他们在机场得走很长的路。
He achieve a six minute mile. 他用6分钟跑完一英里的赛跑。
[常用词组]a mile off [away]们[俚]很容易（看出或嗅出）/country mile [美口]极长的一段距离/have but a mile to misdsummer 精神不大正常/not a hundered (million )miles from (away, off)离不远；差不多；离不久/run a mile [口]飞快跑开，躲开/talk a mile a minute [口]说得很快，没有停顿/miles better (easier)好（容易）得多
11.Antarctic adj. 南极的//n. 南极地区
[记忆技巧]联想记忆法：Antarctica n. 南极洲；South Pole [地]南极， （地球的）南磁极，[天]南天极
12. stormy [5stC:mi]adj.暴风雨的, 多风暴的, 激烈的, 暴怒的, 有暴风雨的
例：The atormy waves punded against the rocks. 汹涌澎湃的波浪猛烈地冲击着岩石。
[常用词组]a stormy night 暴风雨之夜 /stormy weather 暴风雨的天气/a stormy argument一场激烈的争辩
13. threaten [5Wretn]vt.恐吓, 威胁, 预示(危险), 似有发生或来临的可能, 可能来临
His father threatened to beat the boy if he stole again.
男孩的父亲威胁说如果他再偷东西的话，就要揍他。
He threatened the council member with public exposure.
他威胁说要向公众揭发这个市议员。
The river of liquid rock threatened to surround him completely, but Tazieff managed to escape just in time.
这股岩浆威胁着要将他团团围住,但泰哲夫还是设法及时躲开了。
The clouds threaten rain.
云预示有雨。
The day before attack, a rain-storm threatened.
在进行攻击的前一天, 看来要有一场暴雨。
[记忆技巧]threatening adj. 胁迫的，危险的；threatened adj. 害怕的，受到威胁或处于危险境地的。
[常用词组]threaten sb. with death 用死威胁某人/threath to do sth. 威胁要做某事
14. somehow[5sQmhau]adv.以某种方式，以某种方法;莫明其妙地;不知怎么地
例：She somehow got lost. 她不知道怎么竟迷了路。
[记忆技巧]`比较记忆法：somewhat adv.稍微, 有点, 有些；如：I was somewhat surprised. 我有点惊讶。
[常用词组]somehow or other不知是什么原因，由于某种原因, 以某种方式
15. shelter[5FeltE]n.掩蔽处, 身避处, 掩蔽, 保护, 庇护所, 掩体 //v.掩蔽, 躲避
例：He stood in the shelter at the bus stop. 他站在公共汽车站的候车亭里。
We took shelter from the storm in a barn. 我们在一个谷仓里躲避暴风雨。
And the dead tree gives no shelter. 死树不能提供保护。
[常用词组]be a shelter from成为躲避...的处所 /fly to sb. for shelter(=seek shelter at sb.'s house) 逃进某人家里避难/give shelter to
庇护 /lend the shelter of one's name and position to sb.
利用自己的名誉地位庇护某人
/take shelter (=find shelter)避难, 躲避 /under the shelter of 在...的庇护下 /shelter oneself behind 躲在背后
16. regret[ri5^ret]n.遗憾, 悔恨, 抱歉, 歉意//vt.为...感到遗憾, 后悔, 惋惜, 哀悼, 懊悔//vi.感到抱歉
例：She looked back with regret on the pain she had caused her family. 她痛心地回顾她给她的家庭所带来的痛苦。
I regret my ignorance on the subject. 我很遗憾, 对此问题一无所知。
To this day I do not regret having made that remark. 说了这话, 我至今不后悔。
I regret to say I cannot come. 很抱歉，我不能来了。
He told me with regret that he could not come to the party.
他很抱歉地对我说他不能来参加这个聚会了。
[常用词组]I regret (to say) that...我很遗憾...; 很抱歉.../It is to be regretted that ...使人遗憾的是...; /have no regrets 没有遗憾
/express regret at [for, over] 对...表示可惜[遗憾], 为...表示抱歉
/hear with regret of [that] 听到觉得后悔[惋惜, 失望]/refuse with many regrets [much regret]婉言谢绝/send regrets [a regret] (尤指对请贴)发出辞谢信/to send one's regrets 送出辞谢的回帖
17. extreme [iks5tri:m]adj.极端的, 极度的, 偏激的, 最后的//n.极端, 极端的事物
例：He lives at the extreme edge of the forest. 他住在森林的最边上。
His political ideas are rather extreme. 他的政治思想相当极端。
Extremes meet.(谚)两极相通。物极必反。
Joy and grief are extremes. 喜与悲是两个极端。
[常用词组]go from one extreme to the other
从一极端转到另一极端
go to extremes (=run to an extreme)
走极端, 采取极端手段
go to the extreme of
达到...的极端; 采取极端的手段
in extremes
极端贫困, 陷入绝境, 濒于死亡
in the extreme极度地, 非常地/in an extreme 极度地, 非常地/to an extreme极度地, 非常地/to the extreme 极度地, 非常地/extremes of fortune盛衰荣枯/extreme heat极热/extreme opinions偏激观点
18. climate[5klaimit]n.气候
例：He lives in a cold climate. 他住在寒冷地带。
[记忆技巧]比较记忆法；weather n. 天气，气候，气象，处境
[常用词组]political climate政治风气/arctic climate北极气候/coastal climate海岸气候/economic climate经济形势，经济气候/environmental climate环境气候/investment climate投资环境， 投资气候/mainland climate大陆气候/climate for learning学习风气
19. value [5vAlju:]n.价值, 估价, 评价, 价格, [数]值, 确切涵义//vt.估价, 评价, 重视
例：What is the value of your house?你的房子值多少钱？
In spite of this, many people are confident that 'The Revealer' may reveal something of value fairly soon.
尽管如此,很多人都相信那个`探宝器'很快就能探测到一些有价值的东西。
We never khow the value of water til the well is dry. [谚]井干方知水可贵。
He valued the ring at $80. 他估计这枚戒指值五万元。
He often values himself on [upon]his knowledge. 他时常夸耀自己的知识。
I don't put much value on what he says. 我不重视他所说的话。
[常用词组]good value[口](钱)花得值, 值得买/of no value没有价值的
/poor value[口](钱)花得不值, 不值得(花钱)买/put [set) little value on [upon]对...评价不高; 不怎么重视/put [set] much [a high] value on [upon]
对...给予高度评价; 重视/set a value on估价, 评价/set at no value认为没有价值; 毫不重视/value at估(某物的)价为/value oneself on [upon]
以...自豪; 以...夸耀自己
20. admire[Ed5maiE]v.赞美, 钦佩, 羡慕
例: I admire her for her bravery.我钦佩她的勇气。
We all admired her for the way she saved the children from the fire.
她把孩子们从大火中救出来,我们都钦佩不已。
Everybody admires him for his fine sense of humour.
人人都钦佩他那绝妙的幽默感。
I just admire to get letters, but I don't admire to answer them.
我只是喜欢收到信件，而不喜欢回信。
We all admired at his sudden success.
他的突然成功使我们感到惊讶。
21. [5peni]n. 便士, <美> 分
例：A penny saved is a penny earned.省一文等于挣一文。
I paid a pretty penny for that ring. 我花了一大笔钱买了那个戒指。
Please give me six pennies for this sixpence.
请给我把这个六便士的硬币换成六个一便士的硬币。
She had several coins in her pocket, but no pennies.
她口袋里有几个硬币,但是没有便士。
The penny dropped.目的已达到。话已听明白。
It won't cost penny.它一文钱不值。
22.bother[5bCTE]vt.烦扰, 打扰//vi.烦恼, 操心//n.麻烦, 烦扰
例：Don't bother me while I am taking my nap.
我小睡的时候不要打扰我。
We had a lot of bother finding our way to his house.
我们费了很大劲才找到他的家。
Gardening takes more bother than it's worth.
种花是很费工夫的, 真不值得。
Will it bother you if I turn the television on? 我开电视会不会吵着你?
I'm sorry to bother you, but can you direct me to the railway station?
劳驾,你能不能告诉我到火车站怎么走?
Don't bother about answering his letter.
你不必回复他的信。
We had a lot of bother in repairing the press machine.
修理这台印刷机费了很大劲。
[常用词组]bother (oneself) about (=bother one's head about)
为...而操心; 为...而费事
fame[feim]n.名声, 名望//vt.(常用被动语态)使闻名；传扬……的名
例：The reformer's fame spread all over the country. 这位改革者名震全国。The city is famed for its scenic spots. 该市以风景优美著称。
[常用词组]be famed for/以...出名/come to fame成名/ill fame丑名, 恶名
/undying fame不朽之名/peal sb.'s fame鼓吹某人的声誉
24. skip[skip]v.跳, 蹦, 急速改变, 跳读, 遗漏, 跳跃/n.跳跃
例：A newspaper reader can select what he is interested in and skip what he thinks is boring or irrelevant.
"报纸读者可以选择自己感兴趣的新闻,略过自己认为是枯燥的或无关的消息。"
He build up a big load of debts, then skipped town with all his merchandise. 他债台高筑，带着所有的货物匆匆离镇而去。
We skipped science class again. 我们又一次逃了自然科学课。
25. primary[5praimEri] adj. 第一位的, 主要的, 初步的, 初级的, 原来的, 根源的
例：A primary school is the first school you go to.
小学
小学生如何制作手抄报课件柳垭小学关于三违自查自纠报告小学英语获奖优质说课课件小学足球课教案全集小学语文新课程标准测试题
是你上的第一个学校。
[记忆技巧]比较记忆法：secondary adj. 次要的， 二级的，中级的，第二的
26. hardship[5hB:d7Fip] n.困苦, 艰难, 辛苦
例：One of the worst hardships is having so little time to spend one's family. 花很少的时间在家庭里是最困难的事情之一。
[记忆技巧]比较记忆法：friendship 友谊；leadership 领导
27. scholarship [5skClEFip]n.奖学金, 学问, 学识
例：For a few, scholarships were sources of support.
有少数人,奖学金是他们接受教育的学费来源。
三、易混易错词语辨析
1. 辨析 alone 与 lonely：
alone 既可用作副词，也可作形容词，其意义为“单独，独自”。如：
He works (lives) alone. 他独自一人工作（单独居住）。
The house stands alone on the hill. 那房子独立在山上。
I was alone in the house. 我一人在屋里。
He lives on tea and cake when he is alone. 他一个人时常就吃点饼干，喝点茶。
alone 做副词用还有“只有；仅仅”的意思，相当于。如：
You can't live on bread alone. 你不能只吃面包，这样难以生活。
Time alone will show who was right. 只有时间才会证明谁是对的。
lonely 虽然是副词的形式，但只能做形容词用。指人时。意为“单独，独自”；指地方时，为“无人居住的，荒唐的”。如：
With all this friends away from him, he feels lonely. 他远离朋友们，感到很感伤。
Was there someone else on this lonely island? 这荒凉的岛上还有其他的人吗？
He lives alone but he doesn't feel lonely. 他独自一人生活，电脑他并不感到孤独。
2. 辨析 miserable, dismal, sorry, unhappy 与 wrethed:
意义都含“极不幸的”、“忧郁的”、“难过的”、“悲惨“。miserable指由于贫困、屈辱、愤怒或不幸等而引起内心极端痛苦的”，如：
the miserable life of the poor in the past. 过去穷人的悲惨生活。
dismal指“忧郁的”、“忧愁的”、“不愉快的”，如：
He felt dismal after reading piece of bad news in the newspaper. 他读了报上的一条不好的消息后心情忧郁。
sorry指“心情不愉快的”、“难过的”或“遗憾的”，如：
I felt deeply sorry for him. 我为他深感难过。
unhappy指“心情不愉快的”、“难过的”或“遗憾的”、如：
He was unhappy when alone. 他独自一人时感到不快活。
wretched 指“由于受伤、疾病、愤怒等外表上显得极端沮丧、失望或可怜的”、“不幸的”、如：
What a wretched existence these people lead in the slums! 住在贫民窟里的这些人生活多可怜呀！
3. 辨析 threaten 与 menace:
都含“威胁”、“恐吓”的意思。threaten指“扬言将以伤害或惩罚迫使某人去做（或不做）某事”，menace强调“以态度或动作等表示将要迫害某人”。如：
I was threatened with a beating if I didn't obey.
They menaced her with a whip.
A man who drives fast is a menace to other people.
A tone of menace entered into the man's voice.
4. 辨析 cheerful, glad, happy 与 joyful:
这四个词都有“快乐”的意思。cheerful 作“愉快”解，常指乐观天性的自然流露，包括在不利的情况下保持愉快的心情。例如：
He always books cheerful even in defeat. 他总是高高兴兴的，即使输了也是如此。
glad 表示由于某一特定的事物或原因而“快乐”、“高兴”，一般只作表语。
I am glad to have this opportunity to speak here.我很高兴有此机会在此讲话。
happy 本意是“幸福的”，但也可泛指一般的：“快乐”，如：
We are leading a happy life. 我们过着幸福的生活。
joyful 意为“兴高采烈”或“令人欢欣”，如：
Let us sing some songs to celebrate this joyful occasion. 让我们唱歌来庆祝这令人欢乐的节日吧。
注意：glad 和 happy 后可连用不定式，而 cheerful 和 joyful 后面不用不定式。
Unit18 New Zealand
一、课文背景知识
“新西兰人分别来自许多不同的文化背景，同时以热情和友善而享誉国际，美丽的田园、清洁的环境、健康的生活方式以及多元文化社区使新西兰成为来自世界各地移民的理想国家。”
这既是广告词，更是新西兰的真实写照。1997年，在一项对全球高级管理人员进行的调查中，新西兰的奥克兰市在最喜欢居住的城市中名列第二；一项由全球最大的人力资源公司william M. Mercer 进行的全球生活素质最佳城市的研究报告中指出，新西兰的奥克兰市的生活素质排名全球第五，与悉尼、日内瓦、哥本哈根等齐名；另外，由加拿大 Fraser Institute 研究所、美国和新加坡并列为全球最自由的经济体，而新西兰则紧随其后，名列第二，第三到第十位分别是：美国、英国、爱尔兰、加拿大、澳大利亚、荷兰、卢森堡及瑞士。
新西兰很接近国际日界线，北岛的岛屿和镇，是全球、最先迎接新一天来到的地方。新西兰是南太平洋上一个景色如画的岛国，形状很象一只倒悬的长筒高根皮靴，距澳大利亚1600公里，新西兰主要由北岛和南岛组成，库克海峡将两岛分开，还有许多较小的岛屿，陆地总面积为270，500平方公里，面积大小与日本及英国相仿，但人口密度远低于后者。由于新西兰的大部分出口产品是农产品，人们通常认为新西兰是一个农业国家，实际上新西兰是一个高度城市化的国家，百分之八十五的人口生活在城镇里，大多数人就业在工业、商业或服务业。
新西兰拥有着许多令人激动的自然景观，从冰川到雨林，从峡湾到温泉，从火山到峡谷，从南阿尔卑斯山动人的景观到岛屿湾美丽的海岸线，更让人惊奇的是，将近三分之一的新西兰国土是国家公园或自然保护区，新西兰被誉为世界上最后一处“天堂”。
关于历史，波利尼夕亚定居者约在公元十世纪最先来到新西兰（毛利过名为“长白云之乡）。到公元十二世纪，全国受青睐的地区已分布了许多定居点：1642年，荷兰航海家阿贝尔.塔斯曼发现了长白云之乡，并以荷兰一个地区的名字命名这块土地为，他绘制了部分西海岸的区的地图，但并未在此登陆；1769年，英国海军舰长詹姆斯.库克及船员成为首先踏足新西兰土地的欧洲人，随后，捕捞海报和鲸鱼的人们也来到这里，新西兰的国家标志是不会飞的土生“几维鸟”，有时“几维”被用作新西兰的同义语。
新西兰最大的非欧洲人社团是本地的毛利人——新西兰最早的定居者和开拓者，毛利人是1000多年以前最早在新西兰定居的人，他们又叫做“塔加塔.胡奴阿”，即“大地之民”，欧洲人大约在1769年以后移居到此，毛利人的文化、艺术和传统是新西兰遗产中的重要部分。新西兰的教育体制被视为世界上最好的教育体制之一，他们通过学校、大学、技工学院和其他教育机构提供高质量教育，新西兰的教育体系源于英国的传统教育体制，全国实行同意的教育体系，教育经费开支占政府开支第三位。
二、疑难详解
1. It is made up of two large islands: North Island and South Island.这个国家是由两座大岛组成的；北岛和男岛。
[问]be made up of 和be made of (from)有何区别？
[答]be made up of 意为“由……组成”，表示由若干部分组成一个新的整体，be made of/from 意为“由……制成”，如：
Could are made up of water. 云是水构成的。
Desk are made of wood. 课桌是木制的。
be made into 意为“被制成……”如：
Some plants can be made into paper. 有些植物可以被制成纸张。
2. New Zealand is surrouded by the Pacific Ocean to the north and east , and the Tasman Sea to the south and west. 新西兰以北和以东由太平洋环绕，南面和西面是塔斯马海，
[问]表示方位的介词常用的有哪些？[答]介词to，to，in常用来表示地理方位，注意学会和掌握她们的用法。
a. A地位于B地境内以东（南、西、北）：A lies/is in the east /south /west/north of B.
Shanghai lies in the east of China. 上海位于中国的东部。（在中国境内）
b. A地位于B地境内以东（南、西、北）： A lies /is in the east /south /west/north of B.
Britain is to the east of Ireland . 不列颠位于爱尔兰的东面，（不在同一境内）
c. A地与B地的东（南、西、北）部接壤：A lies/is on the east/south /west /north of B.
Wales lies to the west of England. 威尔士位于英格兰的西边。（两者相邻）
另外， lie on 还可表示“位于……之畔”。如：
Wuhan lies on the Changjiang River. 武汉坐落在长江之畔。
3. Other important cities are Auckland in the north ,Christ-church on the South Island and Queenstown, further in the south. 其他重要城市有北方的奥克兰， 南岛的克赖斯特彻奇和远在南方的昆士城。
[问]句中的further作何理解？它与farther有何区别？
[答]further在此用作副词，修饰介词短语 in the south, 表示“远在南方，深入南方内地”， 又如：
Can you walk further into the forest? 你能再往森林深处走走吗？
farther 和further都是far 的比较级，可用作形容词或副词，都可以指空间或时间上的距离，意为”更远的（地）”， 但farther比further更普遍些，如：
On the farther/further side of the street there was a large shop
在街道的那一头有一家商店。
further还可以用于抽象意义，表示“进一步”，这时不能用farther, 如：
They want to get further information. 他们想得到进一步的信息。
4. The North Island is famous for an area of hot springs, some of which throw hot water high into the air.北岛以温泉而著称，有些温泉将热水喷射到很高的空中。
[问]句中的some of which 是什么结构？
[答]some of which 是“代词（或名词）+介词 + 关系代词”在句中引导非限制性定语从句。当先行词为人时，关系嗲次用whom， 当先行词为物时， 关系代词用which，注意介词后不能用that。又如：
Here are a lot of stones, must of which will be used to build a bridge. 这儿有许多石头，其中多数将用来建桥。
There are about 100 teachers in our school, many of whom are women. 我们学校约有100名教师，其中许多是妇女。
5. Some of these heat near the earth's surface is used to make electricity. 接近地球表面的有些热能被用来发电。
[问]be used to do sth. 和be used to doing sth 有什么区别？
[答]be used to do sth 意为“……被用来做某事”， 其中to do sth. 是动词不定式作目的状语，如：
This piece of wood is used to keep rain water. 这块木版是用来挡雨水的。
Grass can be used to make paper. 草可以用来造纸。
而be used to doing sth. 是“习惯于……”的意思，其中to 是介词，后接名词或动词ing形式，它是个表示状态的词组，若要表示由不习惯到习惯这一变化的动作，则换为get/become used to。这个结构可用于各种时态。例如：
Soon you will get/become used to living in the countrey. 很快你就会习惯于乡村生活了。
I was not used to being called a lazy fellow. 我原来不习惯于人家称我为懒汉。
另外还要注意：在used to do sth 结构中， used to 是情态动词，表示过去常常做某事，侧重于和现在对照，意思是“过去常常……（但现在不）”，可以谈动作，也可以谈状态。例如：
They used to mod to each other when they met. 他们过去遇到时，总是彼此点点头。
因此，不要将实义动词use与used to 及be used to 混淆。试比较：
Coal is used to cook food. 煤用来生火做饭。 （实义动词，不定式为目的状语）
She is used to cooking food with coal. 她习惯于用煤生火做饭。
She used to cook food with coal. 她过去总是用煤生火做饭。
6. When they discovered it about 1000 years ago, they called it Ao-tea-roa, which means "land of the long white cloud". 大约1000 年前他们发现这里时， 他们称这里为Ao-tea-roa, 意思 “长白山之乡”。
[问]还有哪些动词像call一样后接名词或形容词做宾补？
[答]由“宾语+名词（作宾补）”这种结构一般是用在及物动词后面，常见的有：make, call, elet, consider, choose, name等，例如：
We elected Alice our monitor. 我们推选爱丽丝当班长。
She named her daughter Mary. 她给女儿取名为玛丽。
They called the baby Helen after their beloved teacher. 他们以他们敬爱的老师的名字海伦为他们的婴儿命名。
They called that an honor to their collective. 他们认为那是他们集体的光荣。
More than 125 years later, Canptain James Cook took possession of the island in 1769and from that time British people started to settle i nNew Zealand. 125多年以后，詹姆斯库克船长于1769年占领了这些岛屿，从此英国人开始在新西兰定居。
[问]take possession of 是什么意思？
[答]take possession of 意为“夺取，占有”等。例如：
At night they crossed the river and took possession of the village by surprise. 他们晚上渡河，突然夺取了那个村子。
The old couple took possession of the house about 20 years ago. 那对老年夫妻大约在20年前就拥有了那所房子。
By 1840 about 2000 Europeans, mainly British, had come to settle in New Zealand and the Maori signed an agreement with these settlers.
到1840年，大约有2000欧洲人，主要是英国人，来到新西兰定居，毛利人与这些定居者签订了一个协定。
[问]此句中的介词by是什么意思？
[答]by 在此表示“到（某时）为止”或“到某时”已发生某事或出现某种情况，谓语动词多用完成时态。句中的1840是过去时间，因此谓语动词用过去完成时had come, 又如：
By the end of last year we had produced 3000 computers. 到去年年底为止我们已生产出3000台电脑。
She had finished her work by the time I came home. 我回家时他已干完活了。
By next week we will have made a plan for our journey. 下周前我们会订出旅行计划。
9. Since the mid-1980s growing numbers of Asians have settled in New Zealand, and they make up about 6% of the total population. 自从80年代中期以来，定居在新西兰的亚洲人数不断增加，他们占新西兰总人口的6%。
[问]怎么理解growing numbers? 句中的make up 是何意？
[答]growing numbers 意为“不断增加的（人口）数量”，-ing作定语常表示正在进行的动词或正在变化的过程，又如：
a moving car 行驶的汽车；developing countries 发展中国家； a running machine 运转的机器。
句中的make up 意为“组成、构成”， 与make搭配的短语还有：make up for 补偿，弥补；make up to接近，巴结；追求（某人）；make up of 由……组成；make out of 用……制造出……，理解，了解；make known 使知晓；传达，等。
10. The happier events are marked with speeches, singing and dancing. 比较欢乐的活动则常有演讲、载歌载舞等活动。
[问]be marked with 是何意思？
[答]be marked with意为“标有……的记号”，如：
The paper was marked with my father's name and with the month and the year.试卷上标有我父亲的名字及年月时间。
Please mark the place on the map. 请在地图上标明位置。
[辨析]mark... with...意为“用……在……做记号”， mark sth. on =make a mark on sth. 意为“在……上做记号”。
He marked his dictionary with number. 他在词典上标上了序号。
Who made these dirty marks on my new shirt? 是谁把我的新衬衫弄脏了？
11. Many people will sleep and eat on the marae during these three days and share their memorites of the dead person. 这三天里许多人吃、睡都在麦利会堂，共同悼念亡人。
[问]句中的动词share怎么理解？
[答]share在此作及物动词，意为“分享、分担、共同具有”等，例如；
True friends must share everything. 好朋友必须分享一切。
Three boys shared a big cake. 三个孩子分吃了一个大面包。
The brothers shared the same tastes and interests. 兄弟俩有着相同的爱好和兴趣。
He shared his story with us.他给我们讲述了他的经历。
12. New Zealand is an important agricultural country, with cattle farming on the North Island, while the hilly South Island has more sheep farms. 新西兰是个重要的农业国，北岛有牛场，而多山的南岛则有更多的羊场。
[问]"with + 复合宾语”的构成及其在句中的作用是什么？
[答]“with +宾语”之后可接介词、名词、形容词、副词、动词不定式、-ing形式或过去分词等作宾补，一起构成复合宾语，例如：
There were rows of white houses with trees in front of them.这儿有一排排白色的房子，房前长着树木。
He left home with his wife a hopeless soul. 他舍家而去，撇下了绝望的妻子。
She always sleeps with the window open. 她总是开着窗户睡觉。
He was working there with only a shirt on. 他只穿着一件衬衣在那里干活。
With all this work to do, I don't know if I'll have time to go out.有这么多工作要做，我不知道我是否哟时间出去。
With so many people working, what is the family income?
这么多人干活，全家有多少收入呢？
He stood for an instant with hsi hand still raised.他仍然举着手站了一会儿。
"with+复合宾语”在句中主要作状语，表示原因、条件、方式、伴随状况等，同时还可用作定语，相当于一个定语从句。如：
With the food run out, the man had to come out of his hiding place. 东西吃完了，那人不得不走出躲藏处。（状语）
The old man sat in his chair, with a pipe in his hand. 那的老人坐在椅子上，手里拿着一个烟斗。（状语）
She saw a brook with red fowersand green grass on both sides. 她看到了一条小溪，两岸长着红花绿草。（定语）
A little boy wiht two of his front teeth missing ran into the dining room. 一个缺了两颗门牙的小男孩跑进了餐厅。（定语）
13. Some farmers have turned to keeping deer, and there are now about 4500 deer farms in the country. 有些农场主已转而养鹿了， 这个国家现有大约4500个养鹿场。
[问]此句中turn to 作何理解？
[答]短语动词turn to 意为“转到”、“把……转向”， 需要注意是是to为介词，后接名词、代词或动词的-ing形式，如：
Our talk soon turn to the development of industry. 我们的谈话很快就转到工业的发展上来了。
Soon after he became a doctor, he turned to teaching. 他当医生之后不久改行从事教学工作。
There was no one in the dark atreets for him to turn to for help. 黑暗的街上没一个人他可以寻求帮助。
与turn连用的短语还有许多，如：turn down减弱，降低，压低（力量、声音等） ；拒绝，不接受；turn in 把...上交（给）......，归还；turn on打开（煤气、自来水、电灯等）；turn up 出现，来临，露面；把声音开大；把力量加大；turn away把…打发走；转过脸去；turn out 结果；结果是；turn over翻转；考虑 ；turn back 转回去，往回走；turn against 背叛；等等。
14. New Zealand wine is of high quality and is sold all over the world. 新西兰的葡萄酒质量高，销往世界各地。
[问]怎么理解of high quality 这类结构？
[答]"of high quality"这类“of +(adj.) + n. "结构常用来描写人或事物的特征，在句中可以作表语（如本句），也可以作定语。例如：The work The work I am doing is of much importance. 我正在做的事是非常重要的。（作表语）
Both of them are of middle height. 他们两个人都是中等个儿。（作表语）
This is an example of great success. 这是一个成功的典范。 （作定语）
I won't give you anything of little value. 不值钱的东西我就不给你了。（作定语）
15. In summer, people like to go sailing, swimming, horse-riding, and rock-climbing in the mountains. 夏天，人们喜欢去航海、游泳、骑马和去山里攀登岩壁。
[问]句中的go sailing 是什么结构？
[答]go sailing 属于go + doing的结构，作“去干某事”解，多指从事与体育、娱乐有关的活动，如：
go boating 去划船；go fishing 去钓鱼；go climbing 去登山；go swimming 去游泳；go shoping 去射击；go camping 去野营；go cycling 去骑车；go dancing 去跳舞；go hunting 去打猎；go shopping 去购物；go walking 去散步；go farming 去务农；go skating 去滑冰等。
三、本单元高考热点归纳与拓展
[概述]
1.重点单词和词组：
spring， heat，surface，mainly，take possession of，percent，make up，sign，agreement，refer to，wedding，conference，relaion，agriculture，cattle，export，go sailing seaside，region 等。
2.重点语法：
本单元的语法重点是学习的用法，先简要归纳如下：
(1) it 不仅可以用来代替前面提到过的事物，也可用来指人，例如：
I threw the ball to him and he caught it. 我把球传给他，他接住了。
it 指人时，用于中性词，当不清楚对方的性别或指婴儿是，就用 it 来代替。
(2) 在问题的答语中，用 it 来代替 this 或 that。如：
——"What's this?" ——"It's a computer."
——这是什么？——是一台电脑。
(3) it 可作为无人称代词使用，表示时间、天气、距离、度量等。
What a lovely day it is today! 今天天气真好！
(4) it 可用作形式主语，代替用作主语的不定式、-ing 形式后 that 从句，将真正主语放于句后，如：
It seems that he knows nothing about it. 他似乎对此一无所知。
(5) it 可用作形式宾语，当宾语是不定式、-ing 形式或 that 从句，并且跟有宾补时，必须用，来充当形式宾语，真正的宾语后置。
He found it difficult to work out this problem. 他发现很难算出这道题。
(6) it 可用于强调结构中，与 that、who 配搭；被强调的部分无论是单数还是复述，句子的谓语都应用单数形式。如：
It was we that (who) saw a new English film yesterday. 昨天是我们看了一场英语电影。
[经典解析]
例：1. The Parkers bought a new house but _____ will need a lot of work before they can move in.
A. they B. it C. one D. which
简析：本题考查 it 的替代用法。代词 it 用来替代可数名词 a new house，故答案为B。
[高考透视]可用来替代前面提到过的同一事物，one 也可替代上文中出现过的单数可数名词，它既可指人，又可指物，但强调数量上的“一个”。
例：2. With a lot of difficult problems _____, the newly elected president is having a hard time.
A. settled B. setting C. to settle D. being settled
简析：本题考查“with+复合宾语”的用法。“由于有很多有待解决的难题……”，应用一个表示被动的过去分词作宾补，故答案为A。
[高考透视]“ with+复合宾语”这一结构可在句中做状语或定语。作宾补用的过去分词强调宾语和宾补之间的被动关系，-ing 形式强调主动关系，不定式强调将来的动作，而形容词或副词、介词短语等表示宾语所处的状态。
例：3. _____ production up by 60%, the company had another excellent year.
A. As B. For C. With D. Through
简析：with 短语表示伴随，作状语。答案选C。
例：4. The mother didn't know ______ to blame for the broken glass as it happened while she was out.
A. who B. when C. how D. what
简析：本题考查“疑问次+动词不定式”在句中的用法。“妈妈不知道谁该受责备”，答案为A。
[高考透视]动词不定式与 who, what, when, where, how, which 等连用，字句中可充当主语、宾语、表语、宾补等。
例：5. —You haven't said a word about my new coat. Brenda. Do you like it?
—I'm sorry I _____ anything about it sooner. I certainly think it's pretty on you.
A. wasn't saying B. don't say C. won't say D. didn't say
简析；本题考查动词的时态。“我当时没有说什么话”在此只是陈述过去的一件事实，并对过去的事情表示道歉，故用一般过去时。答案为D。
[高考透视]近几年的高考试题在设计上都力求给考生一个完整的语言环境，考生必须对语言环境以及其内在连词把握得准确、透彻。
四、生词详解
1. surround surround[sE5raund]vi&vt.包围, 环绕，围绕
The fence surrounds the school.篱笆环绕着学校。
A wall surrounds the garden.一座墙围绕着花园。
be surrounded with [by]被...环绕着, 周围都是...
2. bay [bei]n.海湾
例：In a small bay big waves will never build up .在小的港湾里,永远也不会形成大的波涛。
[常用词组]at bay走头无路/keep at bay阻止；挡住/bay out(象海湾一样)伸展
3. harbour[5hB:bE]n.(=harbor) 海港
例：The child fled to the harbour of her father's arms. 那孩子逃到父亲怀里躲着。
[常用词组]a natural harbour 天然港 /an open harbour 无遮蔽港口
4. volcano[vCl5keinEu]n.火山
例：He nursed this volcano of wrath in his breast. 他满腔怒火中烧，一触即发。
dance on a volcano在火山上跳舞, 大难将至犹自取乐
sit on a volcano坐在火山顶上, 处境危险
active volcano活火山/dormant volcano休眠火山/extinct volcano死火山
5. spring[spriN]n.春天, 跃起, 泉, 弹簧, 发条, 弹性, 弹力, 根源//v.跳, 跃, 跃出, 使跳跃, 使爆炸, 触发
例：The spring has run down.钟表发条走完了。
She sprang out of her chair to greet her father. 她从椅子上跳起来迎接她父亲。
I have sprung my tennis racket. 我把我的网球拍子折断了。
many new factories have sprung up in my home town. 我的家乡建了许多工厂。
[常用词组]make a spring at sth.向某物扑去/have its spring in起源于.../
make [take] a spring跳/spring forth [out]跳出, 冲出, 突出, 涌出, 喷出; 突然长出来/spring from突然从...冒出; 起源于, 出身于; 来自/spring off裂开/spring on [upon]扑向, 袭击, 突然提出/
spring out跳出, 冲出; 突然冒出/spring over跳过/spring up跳上来, 发生, 萌芽, 生长, 出现/a hot spring 温泉/the springs of one's conduct 行为的动机
6. heat [hi:t]n.热, 热度, 热烈, 高潮, 压力//vi.激昂, 发热, 发怒
vt.把...加热, 使激动
例：This will relieve the heat of the fever.
这会减轻发烧的热度。
Measure the heat of the water.
测量一下水的温度。
What is the heat of the water in the swimming pool?
游泳池的水冷热如何?
The heat from the fire dried their wet clothes.
炉子的高温烘干了他们的湿衣服。
We heated the soup on the cooker.
我们在炉子上热汤。
The room is heated by stove.
这房间用火炉取暖。
[常用词组]at a heat 一口气地, 一气呵成/at heat(母兽等)在交尾期
at a white heat在盛怒之下; 在感情万分激动之下/give sb. the heat
[美俚]开枪击毙某人/have a heat on[美俚]喝醉酒/in the heat of
在最炎热的时候; 在(辨论等)最激烈的时候/in the heat of the moment
在盛怒之下on heat (=in heat)[美](母兽)发情期/put the heat on sb.
[美俚]逼使某人付款[干活]; 使某人为难; 对某人采取强硬措施; 要求某人拚命出力/turn the heat on对(某人)施加压力; 对...进行精神或肉体上的折磨; 加紧审讯而使招供; 激起热情; 拼命出力; 努力完成 /heat up 变得剧烈或强烈
7. surface [5sE:fis]n.表面, 外表
例：Glass has a smooth surface. 玻璃有光滑的表面。
Look below the surface of things.
透过表面观察事物。
One never gets below the surface with him.
人们无法看透他是怎样一个人。
The submarine rose to the surface.
潜艇升到水面上来了。
[常用词组]below the surface深入, 实际上/come to the surface显露出来/look at the surface only只看外表/look below [beneath] the surface of things看到事物的里面[本质]/of the surface外观上的, 外表的/on the surface表面上, 外表上/scratch [skim] the surface of只接触表面, 不深入研究
8. settle [5setl]vt.安放, 使定居, 安排, 解决, 决定, 整理, 支付, 使平静//
vi.安家, 定居, 停留, 下陷, 沉淀, 决定, 澄清
例：My son has settled happily in America.我儿子已在美国愉快地定居了。
The Dutch settled in South Africa.荷兰人殖民南非。
We are settled in our new home.我们住入新居。
The insect settled on a leaf.一只昆虫落在一片树叶上。
Wait until the excitement has settled down.等到兴奋的情绪镇静下来再说。
We have settled who will pay for the meal.
我们已经定了由谁来付饭钱。
They settled the dispute among themselves.
他们自己把这个争论解决了。
Please settle your account immediately. 请立刻结清你的欠帐。
[常用词组]settle one's affairs最后一次安排好自己的事/
settle down安坐，使安坐,安居/settle up结账；清债
9. settler[5setlE]n.移民者, 殖民者,定居者
例：The first white settlers in South Africa were Dutch. 南非的第一批白人移民是荷兰人。
10. mainly[5meInlI]adv.大体上, 主要地
This school is mainly for boys; there are only a few girls in it.
这所学校主要招收男孩，女孩极少。
The main of their investments was lost in the war.
他们的大部分投资在战争中损失了。
[记忆技巧]比较记忆发：the main street主要大街/the main point of my argument我的辩论要点/the main pipe总管(道)/main body船身/main clause主句
11. possession[pE5zeFEn]n.拥有, 占有, 所有, 着迷, 领土, 领地, 财产(常用复数)
He had few possessions. 他的财产很少。
The keys are in his possession.这些钥匙是他的。
How did you get possession of it?
你是怎样得到它的?
He gave up possession of the house.
他放弃了这房子的所有权。
The information in my possession is strictly confidential.
我掌握的情报是绝对机密的。
[常用词组]in possession占有；持有，控制（某物）; /come into the possession of sb.(=come into sb.'s possession)被某人占有; 落入某人手中/come into possession of sth. 占有[获得]某物 get possession of
拿到, 占有, 占领give possession 移交所有权, 使完全占有
in possession of sth. 占有某物
in one's [sb.'s] possession (=in the possession of sb.)
(某物)为某人所占有[持有]
take possession of 占有; 占领
12. percent[pE5sent]n.百分比, 百分数//adv.每一百中有……的；以百分之……地
例如：Sixty percent of the pupils are boys’ means that of every hundred pupils, sixty are boys.
百分之六十的学生是男孩”是指每100个学生中，有60个是男孩。
I am 100 percent in agreement.我百分之百同意。
She has invested a large percent of her salary.
她把工资的大部分用以投资。
13. sign[sain]n.
标记, 符号, 记号, 征兆, 迹象, 征候//v.签名(于), 署名(于)～, 签署
例: He made a sign for me to follow him.
他向我示意跟着他（走）。
The sign by the road said ‘No Parking'.
路边的牌子上写着“禁止停车”。
There are no signs of life about the house.这房子没有有人住的迹象。
The countries concerned all agreed to sign the convention.
有关各国都同意签署这项协定。
Both parties have signed the contract!双方已经在
合同
劳动合同范本免费下载装修合同范本免费下载租赁合同免费下载房屋买卖合同下载劳务合同范本下载
上签字了。
He signed me to be quiet.他做手势要我安静。
[常用词组]a sign of the times 时尚；潮流/sigh up 在雇佣契约上签字（=sign on )/sign in 签到，把……的名字登记下来/sign off 结束写信/sigh over 签字移交/at the sign of当有...迹象时/make a sign to对...作暗号[打手势]/make no sign of没有动静[迹象]/show a sign of
现出...的样子或形迹, 有...的征兆
14. agreement[E5^ri:mEnt]n.同意, 一致, 协定, 协议
例: They have made an agreement about the plan.
他们在这个计划上意见一致了。
His opinion is in agreement with mine. 他的意见和我的一致。
[常用词组]arrive at an agreement达成协议; 取得一致意见/
come to an agreement达成协议; 取得一致意见/reach an agreement
达成协议; 取得一致意见/make an agreement达成协议; 取得一致意见
/by agreement同意, 依约/conclude an agreement订约/enter into an agreement/订约/gentleman's agreement君子协定/in agreement with
符合..., 照..., 同意, (和)...一致/make an agreement with与...达成协议
15. refer[ri5fE:]vt.提交, 谈及, 归诸于, 指点把...提交, 使求助于//vi.提到, 涉及, 查阅, 咨询
例: The new law does not refer to farm land. 新法律与耕地无关。
The shop referred the complaint to the manufacturers.商店把投诉转交给制造商。
The invention of the compass is referred to China.
指南针是中国发明的。
The teacher referred him to Chapter V.
老师叫他看第五章。
The visitors are referred to the information desk.
让来访者到问事处去。
He referred his success to the good teaching he had had.
他把他的成功归于他以前所受的良好教育。
What I have to say refers to all of you.
我要说的话涉及到你们大家。
[常用词组]refer oneself to依赖, 求助于/refer to提到, 谈到, 涉及；参考, 查阅/refer to sb. [sth.] as称某人[物]为
16. wedding[5wediN] n.婚礼, 婚宴, 结合, 结婚典礼
I'm going to my brother's wedding tomorrow.
我明天参加我兄弟的婚礼。
After the wedding we'll be returning to Massachusetts, where we work and plan to live.
婚礼以后,我们就回到马萨诸塞州去,因为我们在那里工作,并且打算在那里生活。
It will be a large church wedding. 那将是一次大型的教堂式婚礼。
[记忆技巧]联想记忆法：marriage n. 结婚，婚姻，婚姻生活
[常用词组]diamond wedding
钻石婚礼(结婚六十周年或七十五周年纪念)
golden wedding
金婚(结婚五十周年纪念)
penny wedding
[英]由亲友凑集资金及家用物品的婚礼
shot-gun wedding
[美]强迫婚姻
silver wedding
银婚(结婚二十五周年纪念)
tin wedding
锡婚(结婚十周年纪念)
wooden wedding
木婚(结婚五周年纪念)
17. burial[5beriEl] n.埋葬
例：Many men were buried underground when there was an accient at the mine. 矿上发生意外时，许多矿工被埋在地下。
The house was half -buried under snow. 房子一半埋在雪中。
He buried himself in his work. 他埋头工作。
[记忆技巧]bury vt. 埋葬，掩埋，隐藏。
18. conference[5kCnfErEns]n.会议, 讨论会, 协商会
例：Mr. Smith is in conference with his advisers. 史密斯先生和他的顾问们协商。
[常用词组]a doctor's conference医生的会议/be in conference正在开会讨论/call [convene, convoke] a conference召集会议/have a conference with和...协商［谈判］
19. relation[ri5leiFEn]n.关系, 联系, 叙述, 故事, 亲戚
例：Some of my relations, my mother's aunt and uncle, live in America.
我有些亲戚，如我母亲的姑姑和叔叔，住在美国。
[常用词组]have relations with和...有(某种)关系/have relation to有关;和...有关系/in [with] relation to关于...,就...而论/make relation to
提及..., 读到.../relation by marriage姻亲, 裙带关系
20. agricultural[7A^ri5kQltFErEl]adj.农业的, 农艺的
例：Many European countries are developed industrial nations. 许多欧洲国家是发达的工业国。
[记忆技巧]比较记忆法：industrial adj. 工业的，产业的，实业的，出事工业的； an industrial country 工业城市
[常用词组]agricultural development农业的发展/agricultural products
农作物, 农产品/agricultural policy农业政策/industry areas 工业区/industrial workers 产业工人
21. cattle[5kAtl]n.牛, 家养牲畜(单复数同）
The cattle are in the shed.牛在牛棚里。
[常用词组]a hilly area 丘陵地带
23. export[5ekspC:t]vt.输出/n.出口货, 输出, 出口, 出口商品v.出口
This country export fruit.这个国家出口水果。
The blood exports waste products from the tissues.
血液把身体组织里的废物排出。
China exports to many other countries regions.
中国向许多其它国家和地区出口货物。
Wool is one of the chief exports of Australia.
羊毛是澳大利亚的主要出口物资之一。
Many raw materials are exported to foreign countries.
许多原材料输出到外国。
[记忆技巧]比较记忆法：import 进出口（常用复数），进口，输入，重要性；vt. 输入，进口，引入
24. sail[seil]v.航行(于)//vi.启航, 开船//n.帆, 篷, 航行
例：His ship sails today.他的船今天航行。
She sailed the boat without any help. 她在没有任何帮助的情况下驾船航行。
How many days' sail is it from Dalian to Guangzhou?
从大连到广州有几天的航程?
The ship sails for Shanghai tomorrow. 这船明天开往上海。
[记忆技巧]联想记忆法：sailboard n. 小型风帆船， 风帆划水板；sailboat 帆船；sailcloth n. 帆布；sailfish n. 旗鱼属的鱼；旗鱼； sailflying n. 滑翔飞行； ailplane n. 滑翔机
[常用词组]under sail扬着帆, 在航行中/sail about逛来逛去/sail for
乘船往..., (船)开往/sail in驶入港口/sail large顺风行驶/sail out开船
/sail over跳过;【建】突出/sail round返航/a ship in Full sail一艘张满帆的船
25. cottage[5kCtidV]n.村舍, 小别墅
例：They live in a country cottage, with roses round the door. 他们住在乡村小舍里，门边长满了玫瑰。
[常用词组]a thatched cottage一间茅草顶小屋/cottage pudding[美]乡下布丁/cottage hospital(无住院医生的)诊疗所， (乡下)小医院； 医院分院/cottage industry家庭手工业/cottage loaf大小两个叠合的面包
26. seaside[5si:said]n.海滨(胜地), 滨海城镇, 海边//adj.海边的, 海滨的
例：We are going to the seaside for our holiday. 我们打算去海滨度假。
[常用词组]seaside dwellings海滨住所/seaside amusement parks.海滨娱乐城
27. region[5ri:dVEn]n.区域, 地方, 地区, 领域
例：Italy is divided into 20 regions. 意大利分为20个行政区。
He is a well-known authority in the region of physics. 他是物理学界的一位知名权威。
[常用词组]forest regions森林地带/the region of the heart心脏部位
an autonomous region自治区/a desert region沙漠地带/the region of philosophy哲学领域
三、易混易错词语辨析
1。辨析 sign, mark 和 token:
三者都含“标记”、征兆“的意思。sign 系常用词，指”具有一定含义的任何有形或无形的符号或标志，它的表示可以是实物、表情、动作、文字、语言及任何痕迹或征兆”，如：
There is a stop sign at an intersection. 在交叉路口处有停车标志。
mark 指“为某一目的有意作的标志”，也指“无意六下或自然形成的痕迹”，如：
Suffering left its mark on his face. 苦难的经历在他脸上六下了痕迹。
token 系较为庄重的用语，指“把某物当作某种性质、意义、感情或事件等的象征”，如：
Black is a token of mourning. 黑色是居丧的象征。
2. 辨析 go, depart 和 leave:
三者都有“离开”的意思。go 与 come 相对，强调“走”的动作，如：
He went there. 他去那里了。
depart 属正式用语，尤指“进行某一特定的旅程”，含有“事先已对离开有所考虑或计划”之意，如：
He departed from France.他离开法国了。
leave 强调“从原来所在之处离开”，如：
I can't leave while she is ill. 她生病期间，我不能离开。
3. 辨析 region, area 和 district:
region 主要有三个意义：1.“地区”，有时可与 area 通用。2. 较大的行政单位。3. “领域”，如：
The Zhuang Autonomous Region was established in 1958. 壮族自治区是1958年成立的。
area 主要有两个意义：1.“面积”，2.“地区”（指面积单位而不是行政单位）。例如：
Large areas of forest have been destroyed in recent years. 近年来大面积的森林被破坏了。
district 也有“地区”之意，性质与 region 的第一意相似，但 region 一般较 district 大，如：
The busiest shopping district in Beiging is around Wangfujing Street. 北京最热闹的商业区是王府井一带。
4. 辨析 relation 和 relative:
这两个次在做“亲属”讲时可以通用，但一般用 relative 较多。例如：
He is a relative (relation) of mine. 他是我的一个亲属。
在指抽象意义的“亲属关系”时，应用 relatio，不可用 relative。例如：
What relation is she to you? 她跟你是什么亲戚关系？
在表示“外交关系”时用 relations。例如：
We have established friendly relations with almost all the nations in the world. 我们和世界各国都建立了友好的关系。
5. 辨析 make, shape, fashion, construct 和 manufacture:
都含“做”、“造”、“做成或制造成某种东西”的意思。make 系常用词，指“任何生产、形成或组成”，如：This machine is made in China. 这台汲取是中国制造的。
shape 指“由塑造、铸造、切割、敲打而形成”，如：
The child shaped clay into balls. 那小孩把泥捏成球。
fashion 指“用手、某些工具或原料做成具有一定形状的东西，但通常暗示发明者的才华”，如：
The discovered that they could shear sheep, take the wool, weave it and fashion the material into coats and suits. 他们发现他们能够剪羊毛、纺绒线、织成毛料，然后把毛料做成暖和的衣服。
construct 指“按设计把许多部分组成一个整体”，如：
They constructed a big bridge. 他们建成了一座大桥。
manufacture 指“用机器生产或制造”，尤指“使用机器大规模生产与制造”，如：
We can manufacture high-precision machine tools.我们能造精密机床。
Unit19 Modern agriculture
一、课文背景知识
在社会发展进程中，农业经历了原始农业（ primitive agriculture ）、传统农业（ traditional agriculture ）和现代农业（ modern agriculture ）三个发展阶段。
19世纪40年代到20世纪初，是全世界传统农业向现代农业的过渡时期；而从20世纪初期到50年代，是现代农业的确立时期。
现代农业有四个重大特点：一是生物科学的发展和杂交优势理论的应用使人类能够通过育种手段，选择和要培育出品类繁多、高产优质的农作物和禽新品种，摆脱了对天然品种的依赖。二是化学肥料和农药的发明和生产，建立了农用化学工业，提供了农作物所需养分和减轻了病虫草的危害。三是蒸气机的发明，促进了机械化和半机械化农具的广泛应用，以现代工业技术和设备武装农业，实行区域布局、专业化生产，集约化经营，显著提高劳动生产率和土地利用率。四是这四大类技术的交织和综合，为农业生产开创了一个新纪元，使农作物和蓄禽产品大幅度增长。
大约在200年间，农民基本上采用传统耕耘方式，农作物产量很低，差不多每100个农民一年的辛勤劳作进能养活两个居民；现在一个高效率的农民一年劳作可以生产6万~10万千克粮食，3000~4000千克肉食，足可以养活200~300个居民。过去一个农民生产100千克粮食需要1-2天的劳动，而现在只需要几秒钟就足够了。
现代农业的核心是科学化，特征是商品化，方向是集约化，目标是产业化。
现代农业是与生态农业（ eco-agriculture ），旅游观光农业（ sight-seeing agriculture ），绿色食品（green food ），无公害蔬菜（ healthy vegetables ），以及可持续发展（ sustainable development ）息息相关的。
二、疑难详解。
1. It is on this arable land that the famers produce food for the whole population of China.
农民们正是在这些可耕地上为全国人民生产各种粮食。
[问]如何理解这个句子结构？
[答]这是个强调句，，其结构为：It is (was)+被强调部分+that/who-从句，被强调部分可以是句子的主语、宾语、状语等，如果被强调部分是物，从句用that引导，如果指人，则可用that或who来引导从句。课文第三段还有一个强调句。又如：
It was they who (that)helped me in the street this morning. 今天上午就是他们在街上帮了我。
It was this morning that they helped me in the street. 他们是今天上午在街上帮我的。
Who was it that taught them French yesterday? 昨天教他们法语的是谁？
What was it that the new teacher taught them yesterday? 昨天新老师教他们的是 什么？
2. To make as much use of the land as possible. two or more crops are planted each year where possible. 为了更充分地利用土地资源，在可能种植两种或两种以上作物的地方种植不同的作物。
[问]不定式短语为什么放在句首？怎样理解as possible 和where possible？
[答]不定式作目的状语可位于句首，起强调作用，此外i norder to 和so as to 都可引导目的状语，但so as to 不能位于句首。如：
(In order )to pass the exams, he did his lessons till late at night.
为了通过考试，他复习功课直到深夜。
此句可改为：He did his lessons till late at night so as to pass the exam. 句中的make use of 是一个短语，意为：“利用、使用”，如：
We should make full use of time in our study. 我们在学习中应充分利用时间。
It is very important for us to make good use of water. 好好利用水资源是很重要的。
句中的as much ... as possible 意为：“尽可能多地……”， much 后接不可数名词，若为可数名词，则用many来修饰。又如：
Please give him as muvh help as possible. 请尽可能多地买了书。
句中的where possible 是一种省略形式，在句中作地点状语，相当于where it is possible ，连词if，when， while， until等都可用于这种省略句。例如：
I will pay you a visit when (I am)free. 我有空时会来看你的。
Tell the manager immediately about it if (it is )necessary. 如有必要，迅速把这事儿告诉经理。
3. This saves time and allows famers to grow an extra crop in each season. 这就节约了时间允许农民可以在每个季节里种植一种额外的作物。
[问]allow 和let的含义和用法有什么不同？
[答]二者均可作“允许”解，但各有侧重；allow重在“允许”或“容许”，也可表示客气的请求，常用于allow sb. to do sth. 或allow doing sth. 结构中。例如：
He allowed me to take his dictionary. 他允许我拿走他的词典。
Will you allow me to use your bike?我可以用你的自行车吗？
We don't allow smoking here. 我们不允许在这儿抽烟。
而let作“允许”或“让”解，主要用于口语，一般可与allow互换。作“允许”解时，常暗含“听任”“默许”之意。注意： let之后作宾补的不定式不带to， 且不可用于被动语态，而allow则相反。例如；
Please let me walk with you (=Please allow me to walk with you. ) 我（请允许我）跟你一起走。
4. It is from the early 1990s that scientists started to develop new techniques to increase agricultural production without harming the environment. 科学家开始发展研究既提高农业产量又不破坏环境的新技术是在二十世纪九十年代。
[问]该句中develop是什么意思？介词without有什么用途？
[答]develop 意为：发展，发达，发扬，发育，进步，逐步生长，逐步显示出来”等。如：
Plants develop from seeds. 植物由种子发育而成。
Several industries are developing in this area. 几种工业正在这个地区发展。
Some children develop more slowly than others. 有的儿童比其他的儿童发育得慢。
Fresh air and exercise develop healthy bodies. 新鲜空气和运动能使身体健康。
He developed the photo graphs which he had taken. 他冲洗了他拍摄的胶卷。
developing 意为：“发展中的”， developed意为“发达的”，如：
China is a developin country while Japan is a developed one. 中国是个发展中的国家， 而日本是个发达的国家。
介词without 表示“不，没有”， 后接名词、代词或-ing形式，在句中用做状语、表语或定语，如：
She day passed without seeing me. 她从我身边走过而没有看见我。
They never meet withour quarreling. 他们一见面就要吵嘴。
Future agriculture should depend on high technology as well as traditonal methods. 未来的农业将依靠高科技和传统的方法。
[问]as well 和as well as有什么不同？
as well意为： “还；也”， 相当于too， 通常位于句末。 如：
He gave me advice, and money as well. 他给我忠告，也给我钱。
She went there as well. 她也去了那儿。
as well as 与as well 同意，但常用来连接两个并列成分，可译为：“除……之外；和”。强调的重点在第一个成分。 如果连接的两个并了成分作主语，谓语动词的数和第一个成分一致。 如：
He gave me money as well as advice. 她除了给我忠告外，还给我钱。
You as well as I are right. 我是对的，你也是对的。
6. Not only food production is important but also taking care of the environment. 不仅食物生产很重要，保护好环境也同样重要。
[问]怎样理解这个句子结构？
[答]此句相当于：Not only food production but also taking care of the environment is important. 并列连词not only ...but also...意为：“不仅……，而且……”，连接两个并列的主语food production 和taking care of the environment.
not only... but also ...也可连接两个并列的谓语、宾语、表语、状语等，还可连接两个并列的句子，所强调的重点是后面的一个。有时可省略also。又如：
She not only sings well but (also)dances beautifully. 她不但歌唱得好，而且舞也跳得很优美。
He was not only a successful writer but (also)the greatest poet of his time.他不但是一位成功的作家，而且 他啊那个时代最伟大的诗人。
He is famous not only in China but in the whole world. 他不仅誉满中国，而且誉满全世界。
当not only ...but also...连接两个主语时，谓语动词应采取“就近一致”的原则，与后面哪个主语保持人称和数的一致。如：
Not only the students but also the teacher is pleased. 不仅同学们高兴，老师也高兴。
Not only he but also you are going there. 不仅他，而且你也要去那儿。
7. The roots of these begetables are not planted in earth but hang in water that contains all the nutrients they need to grow. 这些蔬菜的根不是种植在土壤里而是放在含有它们所需要营养的水中。
[问]怎么理解本句？they need to grow 在句中作何成分？
[答]本句中有一组连词not...but...表示一种转折关系。否定not后面的内容，肯定but后面的内容，意为“不是……，而是……”，他可用来来年界两个结构类似、语法功能相同的句子成分。如：
He does not speak English, but French. 他不讲英语而讲法语。
It's not mine, but yours. 那不是我的，而是你的。
Every day I went to school not by bike, but on foot. 我每天不是骑自行车而是步行上学的。
Mary did not watch TV,but went over her lessons. 玛丽没有看电视，而是发复习了功课。
Not the teacher but the students want to see the film. 不是老师而是同学们想看电影。
由上例句可以看出，这种句型的主语可以是人或物，not前可以是行为动词也可以是连系动词，但不要与not缩写，而且not和but后哟啊连接结构相似、语法功能相同的句子成分。
此句中they need是定语从句，修饰nutrients，不定式to grow也可用作定语修饰nutrients。
8. The temperature is controlled with computers or kept the same, no matter how the weather is outside. 气温是由电脑控制的，或者保持恒温，无论外界气候如何。
[问]如何理解该句中的no matter？
[答]no matter可与what， who， which， where，when， how等连用引导一从句，表示“不管，无论”之意，在句中作让步状语。例如：
No matter what you say, I won't believe you. 管你说什么，我都不会相信你的话。
No matter when you come, you'll be more than welcome. 不管你思茅时候到，你都会受到非常热烈的欢迎。
No mater how hared you try, you'll never lose your American accent. 不管你多么努力，你都不会讲话时不带美国口音。
no matter与what， who， which， where，when， how等连用引导从句时，同whatever, whoever, whichever, wherever, whenever和however（however后一定要家加上一个形容词或副词）引导从句时的 意思相同。其区别只是no matter...从句只能用作状语从句，而whatever...从句除了可作状语从句一 ，还可用作名词性从句在句中充当主语或宾语，有时甚至是宾语补足语。例如：
No matter which /whichever you say, I won't believe you. 我不管你说什么，我都不会相信你说的话。
No matter which /whichever of three sisters you choose to marry, you will have a good wife. 无论你选择三姐妹中的哪一位结婚，你都将得到一位贤淑的妻子。
此外，no matter一般不单独使用，可以用在It's no matter (It makes no matter)+从句这种句型中表示“无关紧要”，如：
It makes no matter /It's no a matter whether you get there early or late. 你到达那里早或晚都无关紧要。
It makes no matter to him that brother lost all his money. 弟弟赔（丢）光了钱，对他无关紧要。
9. The tomato is one of nearly 4500 different plants that are genetically modified. 西红柿是将近4500种不同转基因作物的一种。
[问]这句中定语从句的谓语动词能用单数吗？
[答]不能。关系代词who、which、that本身没有数的变化，它们作主语时，从句中的谓语动词应与先行词的数保持一致、有时需根据具体情况而定，试比较：
Look at the woman with two children who is sitting under the tree. 看那个坐在树下的妇女，她和两个孩子在一起。
Look at the woman with two children who playing under the tree.
看那个妇女，她和正在树下玩的两个 孩子在一起。
但是当先行词是“one of + 复数名词”时，显然其重心在名词上，因此从句中的谓语用复数；当先行词是“the only one of + 复数名词”，时，其重心是the only one,因而谓语动词用单数，如：
He is oen of the teachers who know Russian well. 他是懂俄语的老师之一。
He is the only one of the teachers who knows Russion well.他是（老师中唯一懂俄语的一位老师。
This is one of the most interesting questions that have been asked. 这是问过的最有趣的问题之一。
She was the only one of the girls who was late for the meeting. 她是开会迟到的唯一的女孩。
10. He spent his time on research into agriculture. 他一生致力于农学研究。
[问]与spend搭配的介词on可以省略吗？
[答]不能省略。当我们要表达“花时间做某事”时可用两种句型：spend ...on sth. 和spend ...(in)doing sth. 后接-ing形式时可省掉介词in。如：
Don't spend any more time on that problem. 别在那个问题上再花时间了。
Every spare minute he gets is spent on the car. 他业余的每一分钟都花在摆弄那辆车上。
She spent her evenings (in) washing the windows and floors. 她利用晚上的时间清洗窗子和地面。
He spends his whole life (in) looking after the poor. 他用毕生的精力来照顾穷人。
[辨异]spend指花时间做某事时，其主语往往是人，而take作“花费时间”时，主语通常是物，常用于It take sb. some time to do sth. 这一句型。如：
It took them several hours to set up a tent. 他们花了几个小时才搭起帐篷。（=They spent several hours in setting up the tent.)
本句中，reseacher into意为“研究，探讨”，其中reseacher是名词，可有单、复数形式。如：
They are carrying out a research into the cause of cancer. 他们正对癌症的病因进行研究。
We have been making scientific reseaches on these plants. 我们一直在对这些植物进行科学研究。
11. He collected information, studied it, did experiments and learnt from the experiences of famers. 他收集资料并加以研究，努力实践，向有经验的农民学习。
[问]learn from是什么意思？experience 是可数名词吗？
[答]learn from意为“向……学习”，如：
Chaiman Mao called on us to learn from comrade Lei Feng.
毛主席号召我们向雷峰同志学习。
One has to learn from other people 's experience. 我们都要学习他人的经验。
experience作“经验”、“体验”解时，较为笼统，为不可数名词；作“经历”，“阅历”解时，较为具体，用作可数名词。又如：
He has much experience in teaching. 他有丰富的教学经验。
I had an unforgettabe experience in the forest. 我在森林中有过一次难忘的经历。
They can't forget their experiences in African. 他们忘不了在非洲的经历。
experienced 是形容词，意为：“有经验的”，如：
She is experienced in making speeches. 她在演讲方面颇有经验。
12. It includes advice on the following subjects growing green vegetables and fruit trees, keeping cows, sheep and fish in lakes. 它包含了如下方面的建议：种植绿色蔬菜和果树栽培，牛羊的饲养和湖泊养雨。
[问]include，including，还有contain之间有什么区别？
[答]include，including和contain都有“包括”，“包含”的意思。include强调“包括作为整体的一部分”，如：
The list included his name . 这个名单上包括他的名字。
At least 20 people got hurt, including five children. 包括五个孩子在内至少20人受伤。
He had included a large number of funny stories in the speech. 他在讲话中加进了许多引人发笑的故事。
The United Kingdom includes Northern Ireland and Wales.
联合王国也包括北爱尔兰和威尔士。
而contain意为：“含有；容纳；装有”，着重“其中包含有”。提’
The bottle contains water. 这个瓶子里有水。
The speech contained some interesting ideas. 这个讲演包括一些有趣的思想。
This book contains forty maps, including three of Great Britain. 这本书里有四十张地图，其中包括三张英国地图。
13. But if you go against nature and so things at the wrong time of the year, you will have to do more work and results will not be so good. 但是如果你违背自然，不适时耕作，你就会付出更多的劳动，而成果却不见得好。
[问]句中的go against是何意？
[答]go against意为“违背，反对，不利于；如：
Man can't go against nature. 人不能违背自然规律。
Did what he said go against the law?他说的话犯法了吗？
The game is going against them. 比赛情况对他们不利。
[辨异]go against意为“违背，对抗”，而be against意为“反对，不赞成”。例如：
He is strongly against our plan. 他强烈反对我们的计划。
be againest 的反义词是be for
We are for your team. 我们支持你们队。
14. The condition ofthe soil is also very important. 土壤条件也很重要。
[问]condition的单、复数形式有什么不同？
[答]conditon指“由于一定的原因、条件或环境所产生的特定情况”，指某人某物的情况、状况时多用单数。如：
Ability is one ofthe conditions of success in life. 能力是人生中成功的条件之一。
You must on no condition tell him what has happened. 你无论在什么情况下都不可告诉他所发生的事。
His condition will not permit him to travel. 他的情况不允许他旅游。
Though bought several years ago, the car is still in good condition. 虽然这车已买了好几年，但其性能仍然很好。
On condition that 意思为：“条件是，在……条件下”，引导条件状语从句。如：
You can borrow the book on condition that you return it to me on time. 只要你按时归还，你可以借走这本书。
For example, do not plant rice year after year in the same field. 例如，不要在同一块地里年复一年地”种植稻谷。
[问]year after year 是什么意思？与year by year 有何区别？
[答]year after year意为“年复一年地”，强调重复性，而‘year by year 意为“逐年地”，强调逐年变化。例如：
I have to do this knd of work year after year. 我不得不年复一年地干这种活。
Year by year the trees grow taler and taller. 这些树一年一年地长高了。
类似的词组还有：day after day, day by day; month after month, month by month;week after week, week by week 等，如：
The boy came to see me day after day. 这孩子日复一日地来看我。
The students made progress in English week by week. 同学们的英语学习一周一周地进步了。
三、本单元高考热点归纳与拓展
[概述]
1.重点单词和词组：
produce，effect，leader，local，irrigation，seed，depend on，short of，control，stand for，golden，garden，practical，guide，firstly，sow，condition，remove，and so on，
2.重点语法：
本单元的语法重点是学习it在强调句中的用法，这个句型可用来强调句子的某些成份，强调说话的重点。试比较：
John gave me a handbag yesterday。昨天约翰给了我一个手提包。
It was john that gave me a handbag yesterday。昨天给我手提包的是约翰。
It was me that John gave a handbag yesterday。昨天约翰是给了我一个手提包。
It was a handbag that John gave me yesterday。昨天约翰给我的是手提包。
It was yesterday that John gave me a handbag。约翰是昨天给了我一个手提包。
注意：
如果被强调的成分是指人的主语，that 可用 who 替代。上文例2可改为：
It was John who gave me a handbag yesterday。
如果被强调的成分是人称代词，这个代词可用主格，也可用宾格。如：
It was I/me who/that went there the day before yesterday。
该句型不能用来强调 since，as 引起的原因状语从句、though ，although 引起的让步状语从句、动词或表语。如不能说：It is a tescher that he is。
该句型可用在疑问句中。如：
Was it French that the new teacher taught them yesterday？
When was it that the new teacher taught them French？
Whom was it that the new teacher taught French yesterday？
[经典解析]ao
例：1. Jumping out of _____ airplane at ten thousand feet is quite ______ exciting experience.
A. 不填; the B.不填; an C. an; an D. the; the
简析：本题考查冠词的用法。题中的“飞机”是泛指一类事物，要用不定冠词；而“从一万英尺的高度跳下”是指一次具体的经历，也应用不定冠词。故答案选C。
例：2. In fact ______ is a hard job for the police to keep order in an important foofball match.
A. this B. that C. there D. it
简析：it 是形式主语，真正的主语是 to keep order in an important football match。由于空格出现在fact 的后面，所以很容易把它当作同位语从句，而选 that。实际上，如果 in fact 的后面接同位语从句的话，就不能称其为句子了，而是一个短语。着句话的意思是“实际上，在一次重大的足球赛中，对警察来说，维持秩序是一项艰难的工作。”答案选D。
例：3.—Mum, why do you always make me eat an egg every day?
— ______ enough protein and nutrition as you are growing up.
A. Get B. Getting C. To get D. To be getting
简析：本题考查不定式作目的的状语的用法，答案为C。
[高考透视]英语中表达目的的有不同的方法，主要有以下几种：
(1)使用for， on 等介词短语。如：
We study for the people. 我们为人民而学习。
(2)使用动词不定式。如：
We eat to live; not live to eat.我们吃饭是为了活着，而活着并不是为了吃饭。
(3)使用“in order / so as + 动词结构。如：
He shouted and waved so as to be noticed。他喊着，挥着手，以便能被注意到。
(4)使用 so that, in order that, in case that（以免，以防）等引导的状语从句。如：
I'm telling you this so that you shoutld not make the same mistake.我现在告诉你这个，目的是为了你不犯同样的错误。
例：4.— I am going to the office。
— ______ you're there, can you get me some stamps?
A. As B. While C. Because D. it
简析：because 引导原因状语 从句，if 引导条件状语从句，不合语境及题意。as 强调主从句谓语动词的同时性。while 除表示同时性外，还含有“主句的动作在从句的动作进行或持续过程中的某一时刻发生了”的意义。因本题主从句动作不具有同时性，不能选A。答案为B。
例：5. Some of the wheat is from Canada. What about _______ ?
A. another B. the other C. others D. the rest
简析：wheat 为不可数名词，要表示其剩余部分应用 the rest，其他三项都只能用来表示可数的人或事物。故选D。
[高考透视] rest 常与定冠词 the 连用，意为“剩余部分；剩下的人物”既可表示可数概念（作主语时，谓语动词用复数）；也可表示不可数概念（作主语时，谓语动词用单数）；还可以表示同一事物的剩余部分（作主语时，谓语动词用单数）。
例：6. One way of understanding thousands of new words is to gain ______ good knowledge of basic word formation.
A. 不填 B. the C. a D. one
简析：knowledge 后有 of 短语修饰，表示具体的“基本结构法方面的知识”，且其前有 good 修饰。故选C。
[高考透视]knowledge 泛指“知识”时为不可数名词，其前一般不用冠词，但如果与介词 of 连用，则表示某一方面（领域）的知识，需用冠词（如有形容词修饰时，应与不定冠词连用）。
四、单词详解
1. produce[prE5dju:s]n.产物, 农产品//vt.提出, 出示, 生产, 制造, 结(果实), 引起, 招致, 创作
例：The whisky bottle was marked 'Produce of Scotland'.
这瓶威士忌酒上标有'苏格兰出品'的字样。
Hard work produces success.辛勤劳动带来成功。
Gas can be produced from coal.煤气可用煤来制造。
[记忆技巧]比较记忆法：produce n. 产品，产物，乘积；production n. 生产，产品，作品，（研究）成果；productivity n. 生产力
[常用词组]the agricultural produce农产品/the native produce 土特产品
2. effect[i5fekt]n.结果, 效果, 作用, 影响/vt.招致, 实现, 达到(目的等)
Alcoholic drink can have a bad effect on your body.
含酒精的饮料会对你身体有很坏的影响。
One of the side effects of this drug is the easiness of habit-forming.
这种药的副作用之一就是容易上瘾。
The old system is still in effect.旧制度仍有效。
The medicine quickly took effect. 药很快见效了。
The new minister hopes to effect changes in the government's policy.
这位新部长希望改变政府的政策。
The new manager effected several changes in the company.
新来的经理在公司里促成了好几次改革。
[记忆技巧]比较记忆法：effective adj. 有效的，被实施的，给人深刻印象，有生力量；effectively adv. 有效地，有力地
[常用词组]in effect正在实行；实际上/take effect开始实行；开始生效/to... effect大意是/to no effect无效果, 不灵验/to that effect带有那个[这个]意思/to the effect that ...大意是, 内容 是/have an effect on（upon)对...有影响; 对..起作用, 产生效果/be of no effect无效, 没有作用, 不中用/bring into effect实行, 实施, 使生效, 实现/carry into effect
实行, 实施, 使生效, 实现
3. leader[5li:dE]n.领导者
Our teacher is the leader — she will show us where to go.
我们的老师是领路人，她会告诉我们怎么走的。
[常用词组]the leader of an expedition探险队的领队/leader of a choir
歌咏队的指挥
4. tobacco[tE5bAkEu]n.烟草, 烟草制品, 抽烟
I gave up tobacco. 我戒烟了
[记忆技巧] 联想记忆法：cigar n. 雪茄； cigarette n. 香烟，纸烟
5. local[5lEukEl]adj.地方的, 当地的, 局部的, 乡土的/n.当地居民, 本地新闻, 慢车, 局部
例：My brother go to the local school.我兄弟上本地的学校。
Many of the local dignitaries attended his grandfather's funeral.
当地许多达官贵人都参加了他外祖父的葬礼。
Mrs Brabante is talking to the manager of the local factory where the crop is processed.
布拉班特夫人正在和当地农作物加工厂的经理谈话。
Last Tuesday he received a letter from the local police.
上星期二他接到当地警察局的一封信。
6. irrigation[7iri5^eiFEn]n.灌溉, 冲洗
Irrigation is needed to make crops grow in dry regions. 要使庄稼在干旱地区生长就需要灌溉。
[常用词组]an irrigation channel [canal]灌溉渠/
bring the farmland under irrigation
使农田水利化
7. pump[pQmp]n.泵, 抽水机//vt.(用泵)抽(水), 抽吸
例：A bicycle pump puts air into the tires.
自行车打气筒把空气打进轮胎里。
Here is an old-fashioned pump for drawing water from a well.
这里有一个旧式水泵可从井里抽水。
The villagers had pumped the well dry, and could get no more water.
村民们已把井水抽干了,再也抽不出水来了。
He pumped up his tires.他给车胎打足了气。
8. seed[si:d]n.种子, 萌芽//vt.播种, 结实
She planted the seeds of virtue in her children when they were young.
孩子们小的时侯, 她就在他们心田里播下了道德的种子。
[常用词组]seed grain种子粮/sow the seed in the spring/春播sow the /seed in the ground播种下地/seeds of trouble灾难的根源
9. technical[5teknikEl]adj.技术的, 技术上的, 技巧方面的
To build this machine，you must have technical ability.
要造这台机器，你们必须有技术能力。
a technical job技术性的工作/a technicalschool.技术学校
/technicalexpert技术专家/technical institute工学院
10. depend[di5pend]vi.依靠, 依赖
It all depends on the weather. 那要看天气如何（这取决于天气）。
Can I depend on you?
我可以信任你吗？
I haven't a car, I have to depend on the buses.
我没有汽车，只能靠公共汽车。
Children must depend on their parents. 孩子们必须依赖他们的父母
It all depends.[口]要看情况而定。
You may depend upon it.[口]肯定无疑; 放心好了。
[记忆技巧] 比较记忆法：rely v. 依赖，依靠，信赖，信任，依赖于，例如： rely on one's own efforts 依靠自己的努力。 count on v. 依靠，指望；trust vt.信任，信赖
[常用词组]depend on（upon）依靠; 由...而定, 取决于; 从属于; 依赖其维持/depend upon it[口]肯定天疑, 管保没错, 我敢说
11. root[ru:t]n.根, 根部, 根本, 根源//v.(使)生根, (使)扎根, 使立定不动, 坚定不移, 确立
Fear rooted her to the ground.她吓得呆若木鸡。
Her affection for him is deeply rooted.她对他的爱是坚定不移的。
Are you going to root here forever?你留在这儿永远不走了吗?
[常用词组]the root of a tooth [a hair, the tongue]牙[发, 舌]根/
the root of all evil祸根/a root idea根本思想/square root平方根
12. control[kEn5trol]n.控制, 支配, 管理, 调节, 抑制, 控制器, 调节装置
//vt.控制, 支配, 管理(物价等), 操纵, 抑制
He was in control of the car.他负责这辆小汽车。
All schools are under the control of the Ministry of Education.
所有学校统归教育部管辖。
This handle controls the flow of electricity.这个把手调节电流。
Control yourself; don't get angry.你要克制自己,不要发火。
[常用词组]under control 在控制中/out of control 失控
13. golden golden[5^EuldEn]adj.金色的, 金黄色的, 贵重的, 极好的, 黄金的/the golden sun.金色的太阳/
We feel sure your future here is golden. 我们确信你在这儿前途似锦。
[常用词组]a golden sky 金黄色的天空/golden hours幸福的时刻/a golden opportunity.千载难逢的机会/a golden generation.前途光明的一代
14. wisdom[5wizdEm]n.智慧, 明智的行为, 学识, 名言, 贤人, 至理名言
Learn wisdom by the follies of others.[谚]从旁人的愚行中学到智慧。
No wisdom like silence.
[谚]知道什么的时候应保持沉默就是聪明;智者寡言。
That's good wisdom which is wisdom in the end.
[谚]最后灵验的话才是至理名言;聪明到头才算真。
One cannot have wisdom without living life.
一个人不经历生活不可能有智慧。
15. garden[5^B:dn]n.(菜、花)园, 花园//vi. 栽培花木；从事园艺
Everything is nice in your garden.
你家的东西那有不好的!;你家的狗屎都是香的!
No garden without its weeds.[谚]没有不生杂草的花园。
[记忆技巧]联想记忆法：garden center n. 花园中心； garden-variety adj. 普通的，平凡的；gardened adj. 有花园的； gardener n. 园丁；花匠；园艺家； gardening n. 园艺；园艺学； gardenly adj. 如花园的，适合于花园的
16. practical[5prAktikEl]adj.实际的, 实践的, 实用的, 应用的, 有实际经验的
He is very practical -- he can make or mend almost anything.
他很能干，他几乎可以制造或修理任何东西。
Let's get down to a practicaldiscussion.让我们认真地讨论吧。
[常用词组]for all practical purposes实际上/a practical proposal切实可行的建议/a practical method实用的方法; 有效的方法/practical minds
讲实际的头脑/a practical teacher有经验的教师/practical politics行得通的政治/a practical proposal切实可行的建议
17. guide[^aId]n.领路人, 导游者, 向导, 引导者, 指南/vt.指导, 支配, 管理, 带领, 操纵
They guided us to the office.他们带领我们到了办公室。
Be guided by your feeling.按你的感觉行事。
[常用词组]a Guide to English Grammar英语语法指南
18. firstly[5f\:stlI]adv.第一, 首先
There are three reasons against it: First...
有三个反对的理由： 第一…
[记忆技巧]比较记忆法：secondly adv. 第二，其次；thirdly adv. 第三；lastly adv. 最后；终于
19. sow[sau]vt.播种, 散布, 使密布
As you sow, so will you reap.种瓜得瓜,种豆得豆。
reap as what one has sown自食其果
[常用词组]sow a field with wheat在田里播种小麦
sow seeds in the field在田里播种
sow the seeds of distrust[喻]散布猜疑的种子
sow dissension分化离间
a sky sown with stars满天星斗
20. condition[kEn5diFEn]n.条件, 情形, 环境, 社会地位
The car is in very good condition.这辆汽车情况良好。
The patient's condition is critical.病人情况危急。
I can let you have it on very favorable conditions.
我愿意以非常优厚的付款条件卖给你。
You must on no condition tell him what has happened.
你无论在什么情况下都不可告诉他所发生的事。
Ability is one of the conditions of success in life.
能力是人生中成功的条件之一。
He is in no condition [out of condition] to travel.
他的健康状况不宜于旅行。
[记忆技巧]比较记忆法：situation n. 形势；状况；事态；staten n. 情形，状态，国家，政府，州
[常用词组]be in condition身体很好［不适］/be out of condition身体很好［不适/be in good condition完好无误/be in (a) condition (to do a thing)/能做， 有作...的条件/be in no condition to(身体状况)不适宜
/make it a condition that ...以...为条件/on condition that条件是/on no condition绝不要
21. removeremove[ri5mu:v]vt.移动, 开除, 移交/vi.迁移, 搬家
Three removes are as bad as a fire. 6三次搬家犹如一次失火。
[常用词组]be removed from与...远离; 与...疏远的; 与...不一样
/be removed from school被开除, 被勒令退学/but [only] one [a] remove from与... 相隔不远(指程度或来亲属关系)/remove oneself走开, 离去/
remove all doubts消除一切怀疑/to remove your hat脱掉你的帽子
/to remove a child from a class把一个孩子从班上带走/remove the cloth from the table把桌上的桌布拿走/remove soldiers to the front
调兵上前线/remove a man from office/免除一人的职务
22. weed [wi:d]n.野草, 杂草/v.除草, 铲除
They weeded out useless books from library.
他们从图书室里淘汰无用的书。
He is busy weeding.他正忙于除草。
He weeded out the books he didn't want. 他把不想要的书丢掉了。
[常用词组]weed out清除杂草; 剔除; 删去; 淘汰
易混易错词语辨析
1. 辨析 product，produce，production 和 productivity：
produce 作名词用是不可数的,特指“农产品”，例如：
The marketing of these produce is out of question. 这些农产品的销售是不成问题的。
product 多指“工业产品”，也可泛指任何体力、脑力劳动产生的东西，或发源于其他事物的东西，例如：
Shkespeare's plays are the product of his times. 莎士比亚的剧本是他那个时代的产物。
production 指“生产”，在不同场合可有不同意义，例如：
To improve the people's living conditions we must first of all increase production. 要改善人们的生活条件，我们必须首先增加生产。
The production of steel is now a nation-wide concern. 产钢现在成为全国性的事业。
productivity 意为“产量，生产能力”等，如：
By ploughing deep,the productivity of the soil can be greatly increased.通过深耕的办法，土地的生产率可以大大地提高。
2. 辨析 depend 和 rely:
两者都含有“信赖”的意思。relu指“在过去经验的基础上，依赖、相信某人或某事物，希望从中得到支持或帮助”，如：
He can be-lined on to keep secret. 相信他能保密。
depend 指“出于信赖而依靠他人或他物，以取得其支持或帮助，这种信赖可能有过去的经验或了解为根据，也可能没有”，如：
He can depend on his wife for sympathy. 他相信妻子会同情他。
3. 辨析 sow, plant 和 grow:
sow 意为“播、撒、播种、种”，其后跟（the）seeds或“植物（结成种状的）”。如：
It's time to sow wheat now. 现在该种小麦了。
Don't sow the seeds of hatred. 请不要撒下仇恨的种子。（比喻用法）
plant 意为“栽、插、移植”，其后跟作物（多为苗状的）。如：
He plants rice fastest in the village. 他在那个村子里插秧的速度最快。
The garden was planted with Chinese roses. 园子里栽上了月季。
grow 作及物动词时，意为“种植、培植”，后接宾语（不表明种状还是苗状，强调种植后的栽培及管理过程）；作不及物动词时，意为“生长、发育”；作系动词时，意为“变得”。如：
They can only grow potatoes in the fields.他们只能在地里种土豆。
It grows up straight and thin.它长得又直又细。
It began to grow dark.天渐渐黑了。
4. 辨析 condition, situation 和 state:
三个词都有“情况、形势”的意思，作为名词 condition 多用复数形式，当我们要表示具体的工作、生活、学习的环境和条件时，要用 condition。而 situation 常用单数，侧重“形势，情景”，试比较：
What are conditions like in yur schoo? 你们学校的条件如何？
What do you think of the present economic situation? 你觉得当前的经济形势如何？
On condition that “在……条件下”，引导条件状语从句。
You can go out on condition that you come back before 8 o' clock. 只要你能在8点以前回来，你可以出去。
state 系常用词，指“人或物存在或所处的状态”，但不着重于“这种状态和具体原因或条件的关系”，如：He is in a good state. 他身体健康。
5. 辨析 golden 和 gold:
golden 也可指“金子做的”，但在现代英语中多作“金黄色的，象黄金一样宝贵的”，如：
a golden sunset. 金色的夕阳；
the golden years of one's childhood. 一个人童年的黄金时代；
而 gold 意味“金的，金制的”，此外它还可用作名词，指“黄金”。如：
She wore a gold ring. 她戴了一枚金戒指。
All is not gold that glitters. [谚]闪光的未必都是金子。
Unit20 Humor
一、课文背景知识
憨豆先生
听说过憨豆先生（ Mr.Bean ）吗？只知道有红豆、绿豆、荷兰豆。憨豆究竟为何许豆也？
憨豆是英国BBC的招牌电视喜剧的剧名，也是该剧的主角的名字。英国喜剧泰斗罗恩.艾金森（ Rowan Atkinson）饰演憨豆先生，同时也是该剧编剧之一。大家可千万别小看这颗“豆豆”，他在英国可是号称有1850万观众，在其他语系地区也是赫赫有名、所向披靡。他的幽默内敛、充满平常惊奇和对生活情趣的触觉，已冲破语言障碍，有希望成为卓别林之后的幽默大师。他创造了一种英国式的无厘头。一般人的喜剧都要笑中有泪，或笑中有针砭社会的事，《 Mr.Bean 》的笑中只有笑，没有政治，也没有批评社会，但一点不令人觉得单纯搞笑。
英国式幽默：点到为止 肢体表情最出色
憨豆先生是个“有点笨拙、有点幼稚、有点单向思维（脑筋不转弯）、有点腼腆、又有点短路的家伙，他的喜剧感来自你我都有可能会发生的日常生活中”。 他平日的穿着则是非常典型的英国保守中产阶级的装扮剧中他的对白极少，几乎都是靠“丰富的肢体动作”和“变化多端的表情”来呈现给观众。讨厌他的人也许会觉得这个故作低能智障的家伙实在令人作呕，但欣赏他的人会觉得他实在太了不起了，能够把英国式的幽默表现的淋漓尽致，可以算“用卓别林方式演戏的英国吉姆凯瑞”。
这个开着鲜黄色迷你型小车，常常随身携带心爱的泰迪熊的憨豆先生，某天发现有辆载着婴儿的推车意外地卡在他的车尾巴上，便张着嘴、傻乎乎地尝试着用种种办法去摆脱它，始终没有成功。于是他搔手弄姿，索性带着婴儿去游乐场玩。他勇敢地站在车头玩碰碰车逗婴儿开心，没想到婴儿皱着眉头，根本不领他的情。无限扫兴之下，他想把婴儿往摇摇车里一丢，自个儿捧着一大把零钱玩自己的去了。可是，坐云霄飞车时，别人刺激得尖叫起来，他却沉闷地打起瞌睡来。千辛万苦帮婴儿换好尿布，却连推车带气球一起飘到天空。在他后羿射日般英勇抢救之后，推车飘啊飘地，最后好端端的落回心急如焚的妈妈身边。这就是憨豆的一天。
英国式的幽默举世闻名。与美国式的说话很慢、很夸张之后的捧腹大笑比起来，英国式只是点到为止的“莞尔”一切尽在不言中。美国情境喜剧的喜剧感，常常来自家人朋友之间的“互相吐槽”（对话），英国剧则是通过肢体与表情来体现，憨豆先生便是其中的典型。
泰斗有来历：能编能演 大小荧幕都吃香
然憨豆先生的智商号称只有“007”，但艾金森本人可是拥有牛津大学的电机工程学位。能够扮得那么白痴，绝对是精湛的演技，而非“本色演员”。英国人认为他创造了近年来最重要的喜剧角色，而且认定他天生就该吃这碗饭。其实，成名之前，他默默无闻地耕耘了相当长的一段时间，知道80年代初，借助《非9点新闻》一剧，他才开始崭露头角。在1984年的《黑蝰蛇》一剧中，他饰演言辞尖刻、爱冷热潮讽别人的爱德蒙一角，显示了他能说会道的才能，而“憨豆先生”则展示了他肢体喜剧演员的天分，难怪有人说他那张脸就是他的财富。
近年来艾金森也开始跃上银幕。比较著名的角色就是《你是我今生的新娘》里那个紧张兮兮、把婚礼搞得一团糟的神父，以及《狮子王》里，担任小狮子王辛巴的保姆、老是唠唠叨叨的那知识犀鸟的幕后配音。之后，憨豆先生有傻乎乎地飞去美国。这个穿着整齐，但是头脑简单，常常闯了祸就落荒儿逃的家伙，“憨豆先生大闹好莱坞”的姿态进军洛山矶，进行他擅长的“捣乱工程”。该片票房在欧洲已突破1亿美圆，1997年11月初在美国上映时，好评如潮。
“憨豆先生”究竟有多红呢？看看有关他的商品就知道。除了剧片的录象带、VCD以外，还有印着他“傻冒像”的明信片、电话簿、贺卡，以及包括“蒙娜.豆莎”造型在内的各式T恤。相关书籍也有好几本，有剧本、剧照集及艾金森的传记等。最精彩的应该是那本《憨豆日记》，里面收入了憨豆生命中极隐私、极重要的点点滴滴，我们课余看到他“诗歌欣赏课”的老师哀求他改选别的课，虽然他是按时交作业的好学生，但老是强迫别的同学听他朗诵作品，结果人家不是呕吐，就是吓得不敢睡觉，班上学生跑了一大半。还有他的成绩单，给了他35分的历史老师给他的评语是：“ He has no sense of history. But then, of course, he has no sense。”
标准
excel标准偏差excel标准偏差函数exl标准差函数国标检验抽样标准表免费下载红头文件格式标准下载
的非常憨豆式的评语。对于人们来说，不管欣不欣赏这颗“豆子”，通过他来了解保守冷漠的英国人的文化和民族性，倒也挺不错。
二、疑难详解
1. Comedies are theatre plays that make people laugh. 喜剧是使人发笑的戏剧。
[问]本句中的定语从句含有一个不带to的动词不定式作宾语补足语，请详细解答一下。
[答]make后加宾语补足语的几种情况：（1）名词作宾语补足语。例如：They made him captain. 他们选她当队长。（2）形容词作宾语补足语。例如：The news made him sad. 那则消息使他悲伤。（3）动词原形（不带to不定式）作宾语补足语。例如：He made me repeat it .他让我重述一遍。（注意：在被动语态中，须用不定式，即在原形动词前加to 例如：I was made to repeat it. 我奉令重述一遍。 （4）过去分词作宾语补足语。例如：When I first came to New York, I had a lot of trouble making myself understood. 我刚到纽约时，先让人听懂我的话非常困难。
下面归纳与make有关的短语：成品+be made +制造者；成品+be made of 材料；材料或原料+be made into + 成品；成品+be made from +原料；成品+be made in +产地；be made up of 由……组成（加组成部分）；be made out of 用……制成、改制成（加原材料或另一物名称）
例如：This kind of tie is made by the Goldlion Company. 这种领带由金利莱公司制造。
This table is made of wood. 这桌子是由木头做的。
Bamboo can be made into good walking sticks and fishing poles. 用竹子能制成很好的拐杖和钓鱼杠。
名题精选：European football is played in 80 countries, ___it the most popular sport in the world.
A. making B. makes C. made D. to make
答案： A。“80多个国家都踢欧式足球，这使其成为世界上最流行的运动。” 此处应选现在分词作状语。此题可用排除法来考虑：不表目的，不用不定式，排除D；其后有宾语和宾语补足语，不可能是被动的，排除C；不是完整的句子不用谓语动词；排除B。
2. Cross-dressing men or women often appear on the stage. 男扮女装或女扮男装常常出现在舞台上。
[问]本句中的appear能详细讲讲吗？
[答]好的，appear vi. 出现，看来，似乎，公开露面，出版，发表
例如：The sun appeared on the horizon. 太阳露出地平线。 He appears quite old. 他显得很老。
It appears (to be)a true story. 这似乎是真事。
[记忆技巧]：构词法联想记忆：dis-表相反，disappear vi. 消失；appearance n. 出现； disappearance n. 消失
[常用词组]appear in the gazette 被宣告破产/appear before footlights（戏登上舞台，当演员/appear for 替……出庭/appear on the scene出现在舞台上，登场，出场，（喻）出现，受到人们注意/appearance defect外表缺陷/appearance failure 严重外表损伤
3. Dustin Hoffman is famous for hsi role acting as a woman. 达斯汀霍夫曼就是以扮女人而闻名于世的。
[问]句中的短语能进行归纳吗？
[答]好的，人+be famous for某人以某种知识、技能或特征出名。人+be famous as某人以某种身份出名。
例如：Einstein was famous for his Theory of Relativity. 爱因斯坦以他的相对论而闻名。
Einstein was famous as a great scientist. 爱因斯坦以一位伟大的科学家而著称。
地方+be famousfor以某种特产而出名。地方+be famous as以什么样的产地或地方而出名。
例如；The area is famous for its green tea. 这个地区以绿茶而出名。
The area is famous as a green tea producing place. 这个地区是产绿茶的地区。
4. People make us laugh by making fun of somebody's way of fressing or telling an amusing story. 演员们通过取笑某人的穿着或讲述一个有趣的故事让我们发笑。
[问]making fun of 是什么意思？
[答]make fun of 同……开玩笑
例如：I like making fun of my workmates. 我喜欢同我的同事开玩笑。
[相关短语]have fun玩乐；be fond of fun 喜欢开玩笑/be full of fun 好玩得很/for (in)fun 开玩笑地/fun -loving爱开玩笑的/fun house（游乐园的）奇幻屋
5. Americans sound funny speaking with a foreigh accent. 如果美国人操一口外国口音，听起来会让人觉得异常有趣。
[问]能帮助解答一下sound作连系动词及相关的用法吗？
[答]sound作连系动词，其结构为：sound +表语，其意为：听起来。
例如：The voice sounds too loud i nthe small room. 那声音听起来太响。
Your idea sounds (like)a good one. 你的想法听起来不错。
sound作动词，还可以作“发声”，例如：
(1)At this moment, his footsteps sounded on the stairs. 就在这时，楼梯上响起了他的脚步声。
(2)The "s"in "island"is not sunded: it's silent. Island 这个词中的s 不发音，它是不发音的。
sound还可以作形容词，其意义为：
1)健康的，健全的。例如：
children of sound mind and body. 身心健康的孩子。
2)深沉的。例如：
I was in a sound when you called. 你打电话来时我正熟睡着。
6. Today students of English, even if English is their mother tongue cannot understand his jokes. 今天学习英语的学生，甚至是以英语为母语的人们，仍然听不懂的玩笑。
[问]even if 在这里引导的是让步状语从句。even if 其意为：即使，纵然。例如；
（1）Even if you saw him pick up the money, you can't be sure be stole it. 就算你看见是他捡起的钱，你也不能肯定钱就是他偷的。
（2）Even if it rains , I will go. 即使下雨，我也要去。 在这里我还想谈一谈if引导条件状语从句的情况。
if conj. a. （表示真实条件句）如果：
If he told you that, he was lying. 如果他是那样对你说的，他就是在说谎。
If it rains tomorrow, we will stay at home. 如果明天下雨，我们就不出去。
（注意：if条件句要求用一般现在时表示将来，不用will表示将来；只有在表示“愿意”或“不愿意”时， if后才可以跟will或won't；If you won't come, I will go alone. 如果你不愿意来，我就一个人去。
）
b. （表示假设条件）假如（用虚拟语气，谓语中有were， had， should 时，可以把if 省去，并把这三个词提到句首。）：
If I were you (或Were I you), I would help her. 我要是你的话，我就会帮助他。（与现在事实相反）。
If I had not (Had I not) miss the train, I would have got home by now. 假如我没误了火车，现在早该到家了。（与过去事实相反）。
If anyone should (should any one)call, please let me know. “万一友人打电话来，请告诉我一声（与将来事实相反）。
名题精选：The men will hav to wait all day ___ the doctor works faster(2001春高考题）
A. if B. unless C. whether D. that
答案：B. faster用了比较级给学生以提示“除非（unless）医生能干得更快些，否则这些人们将不得不等他一整天。
7. Although body language and their face are important in their shows, they do not use the make-up that clowns use. 尽管他们的肢体语言和面部表情在他们的表演中很重要，但他们不化像小丑一样的妆。
[问]能详细地讲讲althought一道的让步状语的情况吗？
[答]好的，although conj. 虽然；尽管：Although he is very old, (yet)he is quite strong. 他虽然年纪大了，身体还很健壮。although与though这两个词都可做连词，引导让步状语从句，意思是“虽然……但是”，在英语里如果用了although或though， 就不能再用but,但可以用yet或still：虽然他身体不好，但是他工作努力。正：Although (Though)he is in poor health, (yet)he works hard. 正：He is in poor health, but he works hard. 误： Although he is in poor health, but he works hard. Although 较正式，多用于句首； Though 在非正式语体中较为普遍，但下列用法中，不能用although， 要用though：1. though 可以用在倒装句中：Young though he is, he is quite experienced. 他虽然年轻，但很有经验。2. though可以作副词，表示“然而”，放在句末或其他位置：He said he would come, he didn't, though. 他说他要来，结果却没来。
8. What comedians have in common with the players in a comedy is their way of playing with words. 喜剧演员与喜剧的表演者达到共同之处在于他们运用语言的方式。
[问]请问这是一个怎么样的复合句？
[答]本句确是一个复合句，它是一个主语从句， What comedians have in common with the players in a comedy 是本句的主语，下面我们对主语从句进行归纳，主语从句是名词性从句的一种。
（1）主语从句可以直接放在句首；也可以用it作形式主语，而将从句放在句末。
例如：That light travels in straight lines is known to all.
It's known to all that light travels in straight lines. 众所周知，光线直线运行。
A. that 引导的主语从句大多数要放到句末去。
B. what ...(东西）引导的主语从句一般不用it作形式主语的结构；
误：It is a book what he wants.
正：What he wants is a book. 他要的东西是一本书。
C. 由whether及其他连词引导的主语从句放在句首或句子后部皆可。
D. 如果带主语从句的句子是疑问式，则须用it作形式主语的结构。
例如：Has it been anounced when the planes are to take off?飞机什么时候起飞宣布了没有？
（2）常用的用it 作形式主语的复合句结构：
A. It is +名词+that从句
It is a fact (a shame, a pity, no wonder, good news,...)that...
It is necessary (strange,important, wonderful, possible, likely, ...)that ...
注意：这类主语从句中，谓语动词多数为：“should+动词原形”。
C. It is + 过去分词+that从句
It is said(reported, decided, ...)that...
D. It + 不及物动词+that从句
It seems (happened, doesn't matter, has turned out, ...)that...
注意：it引导的强调句与it作形式主语的复合句不可混淆。
（3）主语为从句时，谓语动词一般要用单数形式，但如果what引导的从句作主语、代表复数的概念（常可以 从表语上看出）时,谓语动词则常用复数形式：
例如：What we need is water. 我们所需要的水。
What we need are useful books. 例如：我们所需要的有用的书籍。
名题精选：___we can't get seems better than ___we have.
A. What; what B. What;that C:. That;that D. That ;what (96年高考题）。
答案：A。“人们不能得到的东西好象总比人们已有的东西要好。”引导名词从句的that，既不作成分，又没有词义。本句主语从句中的动词get和表语从句中的动词have都需要宾语，都需要用引导词作他们的宾语，因此不能用that，都要用what。
9. Typical for China is the cross -talk show, where a pair of vomedians entertains the audience with word play. 最具有代表意义的 就是中国的相声表演，两位喜剧演员用丰富的语言去娱乐于观众。
[问]能讲讲此句的结构吗？
[答]好的，本句是一个非限定性的定语从句，由where引导。定语从句又称为形容词性的从句，在句中起定语的作用，修饰一个名词或代词，有时可修饰一个句子。被定语从句修饰的词叫先行词，定语从句必须放在先行词的后面，由关系代词或关系副词引导关系词充当句子的成分。定语从句分限定性和非限定性两种，非限定性定语从句起补充说明作用，省去后不影响主句的意思，并且常用逗号与主句分开；翻译时常译成并列的分句。另外，非限定性定语从句关系词不宜用that。
例如；This note was left by John, who was here a moment ago. 这条子是约翰留的，他刚才来过这儿。
名题精选：Carol said the work would be done by October, ___personal I doubt very much.
A. it B. that C. when D. which
答案：D。本题考察关系代词的用法，其中也涉及到人称代词it、指示代词that和关系副词when。根据语境，逗号后为非限定性的定语从句，而关系词在从句中作宾语，故选关系代词which，用来指代前边所说的整个事情“the work would be done by October”。
10. Dating back to the Qin Dynasty (221 -207BC), the traditional cross -talk shows ,or xiangsheng shows, have made people all over China roar wiht laughter for centuries. 追溯到秦朝（公元前221-207），传统的相声表演使整个中国人们几十世纪以来爆笑不止。
[问]本句中的现在分词起什么作用？
[答]本句中的Dating back to the Qin Dynasty(221 -207BC)是现在分词作时间状语，分词作时间、原因或条件状语时，通常位于句子的前部；而作方式、伴随或结果状语时，通常位于句子的后部。
例如：Walking i n the street, I saw her. [时间状语]
正在街上走着时，我看见了她。
The parents died, leaving him an orphan. [结果状语]
父母亲去世时，他成了一个孤儿。
11. Skilled artists make use of all the richness of the splien language to create a rapid flow of fun. 有技巧达到艺术家 们利用丰富多采的口头语言为人们创造出了一连串的欢笑。
[问]请说一说过去分词作定语的用法？
[答]Skilled是过去分词作定语修饰artists， 单个的分词作定语，常置于被修饰的名词前，分词短语作定语，须置于被修饰的名词的后面；被修饰的名词一般是现在分词的逻辑主语，是过去分词的逻辑宾语；过去分词常表示“动作发生在位于动词的动作前”；分词短语也可作非限定性定语，通常用逗号把它和句子其他部分分开。
例如：the excited people 激动的人们（单个的分词作定语）
Is there anythings planned for tonight? 今晚有什么活动吗？（分词短语作定语）
The book ,written in 1975,is still popular now. 这本书是1975年写的，至今仍受欢迎。
（分词短语作非限定性定语）
名题精选： ___ more attention , the trees could have grown better. (90年高考题）
A. Given B. To give C. Giving D. Having given
答案：A. 非谓语动词作状语，其逻辑主语为句子的主语，句子主语“树”与“给”之间应为被动关系，故选过去分词Given。
12. To understand and fully appreciate te jokes of vross -talk artists, listeners have to know very well what the comedians are talking about, and they also have to be fluent in Chinese.
要理解并真正的欣赏相声艺术家们所表演的笑话，听众必须很好的了解喜剧演员们在说些什么，并精通中文。
[问]请在此讲一讲动词不定式的用法。
[答]动词不定式是非谓语动词的一种，一般指具体的行为（特别是将来的行为）时，动词不定式可用作主语。
例如：To refuse him is not easy this time. [不可用动名词]这次很难拒绝他。
注意：主语与表语都是非谓语动词时，两者在形式上应该一致。
例如：To see is to believe. 眼见为实。
（1）以下这些动词只能用动词不定式作宾语，例如hope，want（想要），wish,decide, manage等。
（2）care，love， like， hate， prefer 等，后接动词不定式作宾语时， 多指特定或具体的行动；而接动名词时，多指一般的倾向。在I'd like (love, prefer )后只能用动词不定式作宾语。
（3）need， require,want（需要）后接动词不定式作宾语时，含有主动的意思；后接动名词时，内含被动的意思， 是主动形式、被动概念。
（4）remember,forget， regret 后接动词不定式作宾语时，这些动词的行为先于动词不定式的行为；后接动名词时，动名词的行为先于这些动词的行为。本句中句首的不定式作目的状语，其意为：为了每和充分欣赏相声艺术的幽默。
名题精选：___late in the morning, Bob turned of the alarm.（2001春高考题）
A. To sleep B. Sleeping C. Sleep D. Having slept
答案：A. 关闭闹铃”想睡懒觉。”是目的。用不定式作目的状语。B项Sleeping 是伴随状语或时间状语，一边“睡着觉”，一边“关闭”显然不合逻辑。D项Having slept 说明“睡”发生在“关闭”前，也不合情理。C 构成祈使句，前后不搭配。
13. I told him that he had knocked two people off their bicycles and had nearly caused a bad accident. 我告诉他将两个人从他们的自行车上给撞了下来，几乎造成了一场严重的车祸。
[问]请问本句中的knock off是什么意思？
[答]knock off在本句中是“撞倒”的意思，在这里我们归纳以下与knock相关的 短语的用法：knock at敲……；knock down 把……击昏、击倒 knock out 把……击倒 knock ...out of 把……从……中敲出来； knock into 撞在某人身上
名题精选：___at the door before entering please. (2001春高考题）
A. Knocked B. To knock C. Knocking D. Knock
答案：D。 这是祈使句，要用动词原形。
14. Then I picked up my bicycle and rode on. 然后我骑上自行车走了。
[问]picked up在这里是什么意思？
[答]（1）picked up在本句中是“捡起，拾起”的意思。
例如：Then I picked up the little girl and walked off. 然后我把小女孩抱起来就离开了。
（2）表示“顺便用车来接”。
例如：I plan to pick you up at your office at six. 我打算6点来你办公室接你。
（3）指“接受、收听（节目）”例如：I often pick up the programs of BBC. 我经常收听BBC电台的节目。
（4）表示“好起色、上升、加快”。
例如： It looks as if the weather may pick up very soon. 看来天气很快就会好起来。
Wheat output of this year has picked up again.今年小麦的产量又上升了。
15. I decided to look on the whole matter as a great joke. 我决定把这整件事都当作是一个天大的笑话。
[问]look...on as在本句中是什么意思？
[答]look on ...as在此的意思为“把……当作（或看着）”。
:例如：He looked on the old couple as his parents.
他把这对老夫妇当作自己的父母。
相关短语：look after 照料
My friend looked after my cat while I was on holiday.
在我去度假的时候，我的朋友照料我的猫。
look down on 轻视，看不起
look forward to 盼望；期待
We are all looking forward to our holiday. 我们都盼望着假期。
look in 顺便看望；短暂访问
---Can you come on Wednesday? ---I'll just look in my diary to see if I'm free. 你星期三能来吗？我要先看一下记事薄才能知道是否有空。
名题精选：___ this book and tell me what you think of it. (90年高考题）
A. Look through B. Look on C. Look into D. Look up
答案： A。 Look through 浏览； Look on 旁观； look into 调查；Look up （在书中）查询。
三、本单元高考热点归纳与拓展
[概述]
本单元的语法重点是动词的-ing形式做定语和宾语补足语，关于这一语法知识，我们在Unit 20 - 22 的课文疑问疑难详解将会——介绍，而本单元的语言交际功能项目为 Intentions and plans，下面我就此交际能力项目作一些举例。
例如：I'm going t start next week. 我打算下周出发。I intend （或 mean， plan）to start next week.
我意欲（或：想要、计划）下周出发。
I will do it myself. 我要亲自干。
I feel like doing out for a walk. 我想要出去散散步。
I'd like to go out for a wald. 我想要出去散散步。
I (don't) want (或hope) to go with you. 我（不）愿意（或：希望）和你一起去。
I'm ready to go with you. 我愿意同你一起去。
I would rather not tell you. 我真不愿意告诉你。
1. — I'd like to invite you to dinner this Saturday. Mr. Smith.
— ______ .
A. Oh, no. let's not B. I'd rather stay at home
C. I'm very sorry, but I have other plans D. Oh, no. That'll be too much trouble
简析：答案C。只有C才是拒绝别人的善意邀请时英美人士常用的交际用语。对客气的邀请要礼貌地回答，答应时要表示感谢，回绝是要表示迁移并申诉理由（当然也可以表示谢意）。
2. How about the two of us _______ a walk down the garden?
A. to take B. take C. taking D. to be taking
简析：答案C。How about...？和 what about...？中的 about 是介词，其后要加名词、代词、动名词，排除A、B、D。the two of us 是作宾语的动名词短语的逻辑主语。
3. I would appreciate ______ back this afternoon.
A. you to call B. you call C. your calling D. you're calling
简析：答案C。appreciate 后要加名词、代词后动名词作宾语，只能选 calling，动名词的逻辑主语可以用形容词性的物主代词（you）或宾格代词（you），故选C。
4. — Shall we go skating or stay at home?
— Which _____ do yourself?
A. do you rather B. would you rather C. will you rather D. should you rather
简析：答案B。注意搭配：'d rather do sth. = would rather do sth. 而'd better do sth. = had better do sth. 还有'd like (love) to do sth. = should (would) + like (love) + to do sth.。
5. ______, I went to the railway station to see my friend off.
A. After eating quickly my dinner B. After my quickly eating dinner
C. After eating my dinner quickly D. After eating my quickly dinner
简析：答案C。quickly 是副词，修饰动名词 eating，常位于宾语后。
四、生词详解
1. humour[5hju:mE]n.幽默, 诙谐，滑稽，幽默感（2）幽默的事物（言词、文章等）（3）性情、气质；兴致，心情，情绪（4）有趣的节目（5）荒诞的想法
例：Every man has him humo(u)r. （谚）个人有个人的脾气。
He has no sense of humo(u)r. 他缺乏幽默感。
[记忆技巧]humour=humor, humo(u)r + ist （人）=humo(u)rist n. 幽默家，丑角；humour+ful =humo(u)rful adj. humour +ous =humo(u)rous adj. 富有幽默感的，滑稽的，诙谐的，想入非非的，异想天开的
[常用词组]have no sense of humo(u)r 缺乏幽默感/a man of humo(u)r 富有幽默感的人/black humo(u)r 黑色幽默（60年代美国新兴的一个文学流派）/dry humo(u)r 绷着脸说笑话
2. mostly[5mEustli]adv.主要地, 大部分, 通常
例：The earth here is mostly clay.这儿的土大部分是黏土。
Most of the Americans use their cars mostly for their job.
大多数美国人的汽车主要是用来上班的。
[记忆技巧]most + ly =mostly
3. laughter[5lB:ftE]n.笑, 笑声
例：Her laughter is contagious. (喻)她的笑声很有感染力。
[记忆技巧]知道了laugh“大笑”后，记忆laughter 还难吗？laugh +ter
[常用词组]burst into laughter哈哈大笑, 纵情大笑/
convulsed with laughter笑得直不起腰/die with laughter 笑得要死
/fall about with laughter[口]忍不住大笑/roar with laughter哄堂大笑
/scream with laughter捧腹大笑, 笑得前仰后合
4. tear [tiE]n.破处, 破缝, 泪滴, 眼泪//vi.流泪, 撕破vt.扯, 撕, 拉掉, 折磨, 使分裂
例：The sad story moved us to tears.这个悲惨的故事使我们感动得流泪 。Tears rolled down her cheeks.泪珠从她的面颊流下。
This material tears easily. 这料子容易撕破。
[记忆技巧]tear 眼泪+less （无……）=tearless adj. 无泪的；tearless +ly =tearlessly adv.
[常用词组]tear apart把…弄得一团糟, 指责（某人或他的工作）很差
/tear into猛袭；痛击; 严厉斥责/tear off草率凑成；匆匆做成/tear sb. off a strip痛骂某人/tear (oneself) away忍痛（勉强）离开/tear out 撕下，扯下/tear out of 跑出/tear up 撕成碎片，撕毁（契约）
5. intend[in5tend]vt.想要, 打算, 意指, 意谓
例：Today, I intend to finish reading this book.
今天我打算读完这本书。
We intend this news report as teaching material for freshmen.
我们打算把这篇新闻报道作为新生教材。
[记忆技巧]in -向+拉丁词根 tend 延伸，原义是把心朝某事想；intend vt. (意谓）+tion=intention n. （意图、目的）
[常用词组]be intended to (do)意思是使; 是用来/be intended to be
规定为, 确定为/it is intended that企图, 意图是/intend for打算供...使用;
打算使...成为; 想让...从事某事
6. character[5kAriktE]n.(事物的)特性, 性质, 特征(的总和), (人的)品质, 字符, 性格, 特征, 人物//vt.写, 刻, 印, 使具有特征
He has a strong but gentle character.
他有坚强但温柔的性格。
The new buildings have changed the character of the village.
新建筑改变了这个村庄的特点。
[记忆技巧]character +ful 变adv. =characterful 表现性格的，有特殊风格的；character +less(无）=characterless adj. 无特征的，平凡的
[常用词组]bad character[口]坏蛋, 坏人/by character根据传闻/give sb. a good character of颂扬[诋毁]某人/give sb. a bad character of颂扬[诋毁]某人/have a character for sth.有...名声, 以...著称/in character (with)
适合, 和...相称, 符合(多指性格和新扮演的角色)/in the character of
以...的资格; 扮演...角色/out of character不适合, 和...不相称, 不符合(多指性格和新扮演的角色)/redeem one's character 恢复自己...名誉, 补救过失/take away sb.'s character夺去某人的名誉/take on character
有特色[特点, 特征, 特性]
7. certain[5sE:tEn]adj.确定的, 某一个, 无疑的, 必然的, 可靠的
//pron.某几个, 某些
例：I am certain he told me to come at two o'clock.我肯定他告诉我两点来。
The right party are certain to be victorious.正义的一方一定会胜利。
Certain plants will not grow in this country.有些植物在这个国家不能生长。
[记忆技巧]certain adj. 确定的+ly=certainly adv. 的确，当然
[常用词组]be certain of确信, 深信/be certain to必然; 一定/be not certain whether...不能确定是否.../make certain (of, that)把...弄清楚, 把...弄确实, 保证
8. amuse[E5mju:z]vt.使发笑, 使愉快；娱乐，消遣
例：His story amuses me.他的故事使我发笑。
The children amused themselves by playing hide-and-seek games.
孩子们玩捉迷藏游戏取乐。
[记忆技巧]amuse vt. 使发笑+ ment 变 n. amusement 娱乐
[常用词组]be amused at以...为乐; 对...觉得有趣[好笑]
/be amused by以...为乐; 对...觉得有趣[好笑]
/be amused with以...为乐; 对...觉得有趣[好笑]
/amuse oneself with以...自娱
9. accent[5AksEnt]n.重音, 口音, 重音符
He speaks with a strong southern accent.
他说话带有很浓的南方口音。
She told me her story in broken accent.
她泣不成声地告诉我她的经历。
[常用词组]a broad accent土腔很重的口音
10. vt.赏识, 鉴赏, 感激//vi.增值, 涨价
We appreciate your efforts for the development of the company.
我们感激你对公司发展所作的努力。
I think that young children often appreciate modern pictures better than anyone else.我认为小孩对现代图画往往比任何人都更有鉴赏力。
Apples appreciated 2 to 5 cents per box.苹果每箱涨价二至五分钱。
[记忆技巧]appreciate 鉴赏+or（人）=appreciator n. 鉴别者，赏识者
11. exist[i^5zist]vi.存在, 生存, 生活, 继续存在
Salt exists mostly in sea water.海水中存在的盐分最多。
One cannot exist without air.人没有空气就不能生存。
[常用词组]exist as作为...而存在, 以...形态存在/exist in存在于...中
/exist on靠...生活[生存]
12. bathe[beiT]v.沐浴, 洗, (光线)充满//n.洗澡
The doctor advised me to bathe in the sun rays.大夫要我多晒太阳。
[记忆技巧]bathe v. 洗+able （能）=batheable adj. 可洗浴的；适于水浴的
bathe v. 洗+er（人）=bather n. 入浴者
[常用词组]be bathed in沉浸在(水中或阳光下)/go for a bathe去游泳
/have a bathe游泳, 洗(海水)澡/take a bathe游泳, 洗(海水)澡
13. suit[sju:t]v.合适, 适合, 相配, 合式, 适宜于/n.一套衣服
That dress suits you.那套衣服你穿起来挺合适。
It is difficult to find a time that suits everybody.
很难找到一个对每人都合适的时间。
[常用词组]suit ... to使 ...适合于/suit with ...与... 相称/all of one suit
清一色
14. practice[5prAktis]n.实行, 实践
We must put our plans into practice.我们必须将计划付诸实行。
You need more practice before you can play for our team.
在你能为我们队打球前你需要更多的练习。
Practice makes perfect. 熟能生巧。
[记忆技巧]还记得“名清动浊”吗？practice n. --practise v.
[常用词组]corrupt practices 舞弊，行贿/in practice 实际上，在不断练习中，在开业中/out of practice 生疏，荒疏/put in (into)practice 实行，实施
15. direction[di5rekFEn, dai5rekFEn]n.方向, 指导, 趋势, (常用复数)指示, 用法, 说明(书), 收件人地址
In which direction are you going, north or south?
你准备往哪个方向走？向北还是向南？
Full directions inside.内附详细说明书。
[记忆技巧]知道了direction n. 还不知道 direct vt. 吗？direct指导+or（人）=director导演
[常用词组]give directions予以指示/in all directions四面八方; 各方面
/in the direction of朝 ... 方向/under the direction of在...指导下
五、易混易错词语辨析
1. 辨析 mostly 和 most
两个词均为副词，most 是指“最大程度地”，是 much 的最高级，主要用来（1）构成多音节形容词或副词的最高级；（2）修饰动词。
例如：the most carefully 最细心地；
I like summer most. 我最喜欢夏天。
mostly 指“主要的”，“大部分地”，主要用来修饰（1）be 动词；（2）介词短语。
例如：I write to my mother every week，mostly on Sundays. 我每周都给母亲写信，大部分在星期日写。
2. 辨析 intend，mean 和 design
这组动词的一般含义是“意欲”或“打算”。
intend 强调“意欲”做某一件确定的事，或者“决定”达到某一确定的目的。此外这个词常用于表达“意欲”使某人从事某职业，或“打算”某物用作何种目的。
Erna intends to take short rests every two hours.
欧娜打算每隔两小时休息片刻。
The dictionary is intended for the beginners.
这本词典是为初学者编的。
mean 常常可以和 intend 互换使用。但不强调决心达到某一目的
He always meant to go back one day，but not to stay.
他总想某一天回去，但不住下。
design 强调为达到某目的，事先作过精心安排和仔细考虑。此外，这个词还包含“预谋”、“策划”或“以阴险的手段”达到自己的目的的这一意义。
These peculiar forms not only seemed designed to shock people emotionally，but to give them electric shocks as well!
这些奇怪的造型设计，似乎不仅用来在感情上给人们以强烈的刺激，而且给人以电休克般的刺激。
Did you design this, or did it just happen itself?
这件事是你有意图安排的还是它自行发生的？
3. 辨析：amusing 和 interesting:
这两个词不是同义词，但都含有“引起兴趣的”这一含义。其差别在于：amusing 指在娱乐、嬉戏是有趣的东西给人的感觉，或者在非集中思想工作、学习时某有趣的东西给人们的感觉；interesting 指在任何时候某有趣的事物引起了人的注意。
I had an amusing experience last year.
去年我有过一次好笑的经历。
He is an amusing story-teller.
他讲的故事很使人发笑。
The play was very interesting. I didn't enjoy it.
那出戏很有趣。我没能欣赏。
He got a very interesting job.
他找到了一个自己很感兴趣的工作。
4. 辨析 fun 和 funny:
fun n. 玩笑，嬉戏；娱乐，乐趣，有趣的人（事物）。例如：be fond of fun 爱闹着玩； be full of fun 很好玩，极有趣 Her baby is great fun. 她的婴儿很好玩。I don't see the fun of doing that. 我并不觉得那样做有什么好玩的。
作 adj. 时为：供娱乐用的，为玩玩用的；有趣的，奇妙的。例如：Fun City 游乐城（纽约是别号）。a fun person 一个有趣的人。
funny adj. 有趣的，好笑的，滑稽的，奇异的，古怪的；n. 滑稽人物
例如：He has funny habit of blinking when talking with others. 他与人谈话时有一种令人可笑的眨眼睛的习惯。
What can that funny noise be? 那奇怪的声响究竟是什么？
5. 辨析 if 和 whether:
if 不能替换 whether 的5种情况
（1）正式文体中，句中有 or not 时：
例如：I wonder whether it is big enough or not. 我不知道他是否够大。
（2）引导主语、表语、同谓语从句：
例如：Whether it is true (or not) remains a question. 他是不是真的还是一个问题。
（3）作介词的宾语：
I have not settled the question of whether I'll go back home. 我还没有决定是否要回家去。
（4）放在不定式前，与不定式组成词组：
She has not decided whether to go or not. 她还没有决定去还是不去。
（5）作 discuss 等词的宾语：
We discussed whether we should close the shop. 我们讨论是否该关闭那家商店。
以上是 if 和 whether 表示“是否”之意的区别。此外，if 还有“假如”之意，引导条件状语从句；而 whether 另有“不管、无论”之意，引导让步状语从句。
Unit 21 Body Language
一.课文背景知识
语言的沟通，并非全靠“言语”在进行。能够以“非言语”即所谓的Body Language和其他为手段来表达各种信息，这已是众人熟知的事情。根据某项研究显示，70%的沟通可说是以“非言语”为媒介来传达。因此，脸部表情(facial expressions)、手势(gesture)、姿态(posture)等等，无不隐含着重要的意义。这些Body Language与言语、文化具有无法割舍的关系。或许是难得其间三味吧？很多英语学习者往往由于作法不当以致于人“东施效颦”的不良印象，所以不可不慎。对于演说中Body Language的“东施效颦”究竟意指什么呢？心存疑惑的人想来也是不在少数吧。此举且举其一为例。在用英语说: "I don't know"的时候，有人便做出稍为摊开双手并且耸耸肩膀的Body Language。不过这项Body Language系属相当西洋式的姿势，如果由东方人来做的话，经常带给对方颇不对劲的感觉。这就有如清末初洋服刚刚传入中国不久时，当穿起洋服招摇过市的话总要惹人侧目的情形一般。基本上，对于与自己不搭调的Body Language还是少用为宜。如果刻意摆首弄姿，往往引起反效果。重要的是，不要勉强。倘若扭捏地模仿“洋人的姿态”，不仅徒然予人卑屈的印象，而且容易招致所谓的“中国人也和洋人作同样的Body Language吗？”的奇妙误解。说话之际最好根据自己本身的经验，采取自然形成的“Body Language”为宜。不过有一点要特别注意，即有关“视线”方面，大部分的中国人都有看着“天空”说话的毛病，容易给予人不诚恳的印象，所以要留心尽量目视观众才好。
二、疑难详解
1. We can learn a lot about what a perso nis thinking by watching his or her body language. 我们能够通过一个人的身体的动作了解他的许多所四所想。
[问]本句中的by watching his or her body language 是什么意思，有何用法？
[答]本句中的by watching his or her body language是动名词watching作介词by的宾语。
下面我简单谈一谈动名词的用法，动名词是非谓语动词的一种，在句子中可以用作主语、宾语、表语、定语等成分。
例如：Seeing is believing. （主语）眼见为实。
It is no use sending him over. （主语）派他去没用。
注意：（1）在It is no use (或good,need)... 或It's useless （或worth-while)... 等结构中，常用动名词作真正主语。
（2）在There is no v. -ing ... 结构中，常用动名词作主语。例如：
There is no joking about the matter. 这事开不得玩笑。
My job is teaching. 我的工作是教书。（表语）
He has finished doing his work. 他已经干完了他的工作。（宾语）
注意：动名词只能作前置定语表示被修饰的词的目的或用途。
例如：a sleeping car (a car for selleping )卧车
下面我在谈一谈动名词的复合结构，其结构形式为“形容词性物主代词（或名词所有格）+动名词”在句中可用做主语、宾语或表语：
例如：Your going there will help a lot. [主语]你去那儿将大有用处。
Do you mind my opening the door？[宾语]我打开门行吗？
注意：（1）如果不是在句首，这种结构在口语中可用“代词宾格（或名词普通格）+动名词”。
Is there any hope of him and his sister winning the prize?他而后他妹妹有希望得奖吗？
(2)如果名词是表示无生命事物时，不用名词所有格，只能用“名词的普通格+动名词”
Can you hear the noise of the machine renning? 你能听到机器运转的声音吗？
2. Just like spoken language, body language varies from culture to culture. 就像口语，体态在不同的文化之间有差异。
[问]请问from culture to culture是什么意思？
[答]本句中的字面意思为“从一种文化到另一种文化”。介词短语“from...to...”是从……到……“的意思，注意：此句型中不需要冠词。
例如：from time to time 时时；from generation to generation 世世代代
[相关短语]from before 从……以前；from behind 从……后面；from ...on 从……（时间）以后（以来），从……时起
3. Making eye contact -looking directly into someone's eyes ---is in some countries a way to show that one is interested .眼神交流——直视某人，在某些国家是一种某人感兴趣的方式。
[问]请问look into 是什么意思？
[答]look into a matter(a machine )调查某事（检查机器）
[相关短语]look after 照料；look back (与on，to连用）回想，记起；停滞不前
From this time on , he never looked back.
从此以后他便不断进步了。
look down on 轻视，看不起；look forward to 盼望；期待
I'm looking forward to seeing you this summer vacation.我盼望今年暑假见到你。
look out 注意；look up 在书中查到
When yo do not understand a word, you can look it up in this dictionary.
当你不懂一个 单词时，可以查这本词典。
4. In Japan, someone who sees another person making the gesture will think it means money. 在日本，看见另外一个人在作这种手势的人，他会以为这种手势指的是钱。
[问]请帮助分析一下这个句子的结构。
[答]好的，本句是一个复合句，其主语为someone， 它由一个定语从句who sees another person making the gesture修饰，而这个从句中又有动词短语to see sb. doing sth. 的结构，其意为“看见某人做某事”，同时，本句还含有一个宾语从句，其意为“看见某人做某事”，同时，本句还含有一个宾语从句it means money。
5. In Bulgaria, parts of Greece, and Iran, however, the gestures have the opposite meaning. 在保加利亚和部分希腊、伊朗地区，可是，这些手势却有相反的意思。
[问]能讲一讲however的用法吗？
[答]however可以作（1）adv.无论如何；不论到什么程度
例如：He can answer the question however hard it is.
不管问题有多难他都能回答。
However did you get here? 你是怎么到这里来的？
（2）不过；然而
例如：He hasn't arrived. He may, however, come later.
他还未到，不过，他可能过一会儿来。
I'd like to go with you, however, my hands are full. 我很想和你一块儿去，可是我忙不过来。
（3）不管用什么方法；无论什么方式
例如：However I cook eggs, the child still refuses to eat them.
不管我用什么方法煮鸡蛋，小孩还是不肯吃。
名题精选： We'll have to finish the job, ___.(90年高考题）
A. long it takes however
B. it takes however long
C. long however it takes
D. however long it takes
答案：D。 本题考查however引导的让步状语从句的用法。however表示“不管到什么程度”， 用来引导让步状语从句，本身应放在从句首，其后紧跟它所修饰的形容词或副词。因此，正常的顺序为D项。也可转换成“no natter how long it takes”。
6. There are also differences in how often we touch each other, how close we stand to someone we are talking to ,and how we act when we meet or part.在这方面也存在着差异，我们平常怎样相互接触，当我们谈话时，我们离别人站得有多近以及当我们遇见和离开时，我们怎样做动作。
[问]请给我们分析一下这个句子的结构。
[答]这是一个复合句，其主句为There are also differences，后面是how引导的并列的三个宾语从句作介词in的宾语，其中第二个宾语从句 how close we stand to someone we are talking to中又有一个定语从句we are talking to修饰someone，而最后一个宾语从句how we act when we meet or part中还含有时间状语从句when we meet or part。
7. In some countries, for example France and Russia, a visiting friend is greeted with a kiss on the cheek. 在一些国家，比如法国和俄罗斯，来访的朋友通常哟啊被吻脸颊以示欢迎。
[问] with a kiss on the cheek在这里是什么意思？
[答]with在这里是prep表示“用”的意思，例如：I pity the orphans with all my heart. 我完全同情这些孤儿。
He opened the door with his key. 他用钥匙开了门。而在a visiting friend中，visiting是一个现在分词作定语，其意为“来访的”。在这里我们要注意with和in的区别， in也可以表示“用”的意思，但一般表示“用文字材料”，例如：write articles in Chinese 用汉语写文章；write in ink (pencil)用钢笔写（无冠词）。
8. A smile can help us get through difficult situations and find friends in a world of strangers. 微笑能够帮助我们通过困难处境和在陌生的环境中找到朋友。
[问]help us get through 是什么意思？
[答]help us get through 是help后跟的不带to的动词不定式，动词help后的不定式既可以带to也可以不带to。而本句中的get through是“通过，度过，打通”的意思。get through 还有“接通（电话），让人了解”的意思。例如：Get it through to him that he must rest. 要让他了解他该休息了。另外，在这里我们归纳一下与get相关的短语：
get sth. done (使）让人做好；做（该做的事）
I'll just get these dishes washed and then I'll come. 我得把盘子洗了，然后就来。
get across 被理解；使人了解
Did your speech get across to the crowd?你的演说听众理解吗？
get down to 认真地静下心（工作）
to get down to work 静下心来工作。
get together 相聚，聚会 When can we get together?我们什么时候聚会？
9. A smile can open doors and tear down walls, and it can be used to express almost any emotion. 微笑能打开心扉，消除隔阂，而且，它能被用来表达几乎任何情感。
[问]tear down是什么意思？
[答]tear down在这里是“v. 扯下，拆卸”的意思。例如：They are tearing down these old houses to build a new office block. 他们正拆除这些旧房子以便建一座新办公室。tear down walls 在本句中是一个暗喻，意指“消除隔阂”。而be used to do在这里是“被用于”的意思。注意其与be used to doing (习惯于做……），used to do （过去常常做……）的区别。
10. We use a smile to apologize, to greet someone, to ask for help, and to start a conversation. 我们能够用微笑来道歉，问候求助和开始谈话。
[问]ask for 是什么意思？
[答]ask for (=enquire after, inquire after)要求，请求；ask for it 自讨苦吃；ask for trouble 自找麻烦
例如：She asked for time to think all this over. 她要求给她时间把这一切好好想想。
Did anyone ask for me?有人找我吗？
If you park on those yellow lines ,you are really asking for it. 而且，如果我们感到意志消沉或孤独，就没有什么比看到一个好朋友的笑脸更好的了。
[问]feeling down or lonely 是什么意思， there is nothing better than to see the smiling face 又是什么结构？
[答]feeling down or lonely 是感到意志消沉或孤独的意思，在这里down是形容词“沮丧的；意志消沉的”的意思。nothing better than 在这里是加强语气，其意为“没有什么比……更好”。
三、本单元高考热点归纳与拓展
[概述]
本单元的语法重点是动词的-ing形式做主语和宾语，其语法现象我们已经在课文疑难详解中有介绍，而其功能交际项目为“Making offers and requests, 下面我们就作举例说明：
（1）提供帮助（offers ）
Can (Could, shall) I help you? 我来帮助你好吗？或：你要买什么？
Would you like me to help you with your lessons? 我来帮助你做功课好吗？
Is there anything (else) I can do for you? 有什么(别)的事我能帮你做吗？
Do you want me to help you? 你想要我帮你吗？
What can I do for you. 我能为你做些什么呢？
Let me do it (carry it ) (for you). 让我来（替你）做（搬）吧。
Would you like some tea? 你想来些茶吗？
Thanks. That would be nice (fine). 谢谢，那太好了。
That's kind of you. 你真好。
Thank you for you help.感谢你的帮助。
Yes, please. 好的，请（干）吧
Here take this (my) bag. 给，请帮忙拿这个（我的）包好吗？
No, thanks (thank you). 不必了，谢谢。
No, thanks (thank you). I can manage it myself. 你真好。我自己能应付。
[尽管无须你帮忙，但]还是要谢谢你。
That's very kind of you, but Ican manage it myself. 你真好。但我自己能应付。
Want a hand (to carry it) ?要帮忙（拿）吗？
Just what I needed! 我正需要呢！
That's be a big help. Thats a lot. 那真是帮了大忙了。多谢。
（2）请求（Requests)
Can (Will, Could, Would) you do it for me? 你能帮我做这件事吗？
Will (Can, Could, Would) you please give me a hand? 请你帮个忙好吗？
May I have you attention? 请注意啦！
Please give me that pen.请给我那只笔。
Please wait (here). 请（在此）等候。
Please wait (a moment). 请等（一下）。
Please wait (for) you turn.请等着轮到你吧。
Please stand in line. 请站队。
Please line up. 请排起队来。
Please hurry.请快点儿。
Make sure that the important papers are all right.
务请保证那些重要的文件的安全。
Make sure of the time and place.把时间、地点弄清楚。
Don't rush (hurry).别急。
No noise, Please. 请勿喧哗。
No smoking, please.请勿吸烟。
[经典解析]
例：1.-I must apologize for __ ahead of time.
-That's all right. （1994年高考题）
A. letting you not know B. not lettint you know
C. letting you know not D. letting not you know
简析：答案B。非谓语动词的否定式都是在最前边加否定词，只能选B。
例：2. How about the two of us __ a walk down the garden?
(1993年高考题）
A.to take B. take C. taking D.to be taking.
简析：答案C。the two of us 做动名词短语的逻辑主语。
例：3.-What do you think of the book?
-Oh, excellent. It's worth___ a second time.
(1989年高考题）
A. to read B. to be read C. reading D.being read
简析：答案C。“be worth doing "结构中，worth后要用动名词。
例4. I don't regret ___ even if might have upset her.
(1988年高考题）
A. to tell her what I thought B. to have told her that I thought
C. telling what I thought D. telling her what I thought
简析：答案D。regret后加动名词，排除A、B。tell需加双宾语才能把事情表述完整，排除C。
四、生词详解
1. confuse[kEn5fju:z]vt.搞乱, 使糊涂
We tried to confuse the enemy.我们试图迷惑敌人。
I was confused by all the noise.一片嘈杂声把我弄得昏头昏脑。
[记忆技巧]源自拉丁语con-一起+fundere倒，灌=confuseconfuse v. +vion 变n. =confusion混乱、迷乱；confuse v. +ed 变adj. =confused困惑的，烦恼的
2. avoid[E5vCid]n. 目的；计划；意图//vt.避免, 消除；决意，打算
To avoid confusion, the teams wore different colours.
为避免混淆,两队分穿不同颜色的衣服。
Are you trying to avoid me?你是不是想躲开我？
[记忆技巧]源自a-=ex-出去+void空=avoid
3. contact[5kCntAkt]n.接触, 联系vt.接触, 联系
例：Friendly contacts between different peoples facilitate the cultural and economic interchange.各国人民的友好接触促进文化和经济交流。She comes into contact with many people.她和许多人有联系。
She contacted me as soon as she arrived.她一到就和我联系了。
[常用词组]be in contact with和...接触， 有联系［脱离接触， 失去联系］/be out of contact with和...接触， 有联系［脱离接触， 失去联系］/
have contact with接触到， 和...有联系/lose contact with和...失去联系， 离开/make contact with和...接触［联系］
4. disagree[7disE5^ri:]vi.不一致, 不适宜
I disagree with you about this.对于这件事我跟你意见不同。
[记忆技巧]dis（不）+agree（同意）=disagree disagree + able =adj. 不愉快的，不为人喜的，厌恶的。
5. ahead[E5hed]adj.&adv.在前, 向前, 提前, 在前面
例：Walk atraight ahead until you reach the river. 一直朝前走到河边。
The road ahead was full of cattle. 前面的路上挤满了牛群。
[记忆技巧]a +head （头）=ahead
[常用词组]ahead of 在...之前，超过/get ahead 胜过，超过
6. fold[fEuld]n.折, 羊栏, 折痕, 信徒//vt.折叠, 包, 合拢, 抱住, 笼罩, 调入, 交迭//vi.折叠起来, 彻底失败
fold of the dress衣服的折层
She folded the letter so that it would fit into her bag.
他把信折起来，以便可以装到袋里。
In the army camp the quilts are usually folded in this manner.
在军营中被子通常是这样折叠的。
[常用词组]fold away折迭起来/fold up折叠起来; 崩溃; 倒闭, 破产/
fold back(把书页)折过来, 折进去; 向后折叠
7. anger[5AN^E]n.怒, 愤怒//v.恼火
Has his anger cooled yet?他息怒了没有?
[记忆技巧]anger 来自拉丁语angere掐脖子anger+y注意变化=angry adj. 愤怒的 angrily adv.
[常用词组]bluster oneself into anger勃然大怒
/dare sb.'s anger不怕惹某人生气
8. vary[5vZEri]vt.改变, 变更, 使多样化//vi.变化, 不同, 违反
The temperature -ries from time to time.温度常常变化。
They never vary from the law of nature.他们从不违反自然规律。
[记忆技巧]知道了vary就一定知道various adj. 不同的，多方面的
[常用词组]vary from ...to ...从...到...不等; 在...到...之间变动
/vary with随...而变化
9. crazy[5kreizi]adj.疯狂的, 狂热的, (指建筑等)不安全的
She's crazy about dancing.她热衷于跳舞。
He's crazy to drive his car so fast.他把车开得这样快，真是疯了。
[记忆技巧]来自中古英语crasen破裂，crazy变 crazily adv. 变craziness n.
[常用词组]be crazy about(over)热衷于, 醉心于；爱上, 迷恋着/
be crazy for渴望, 痴想/be crazy with (pain)(痛苦)得发狂
/drive sb. crazy逼得某人发疯, 害得某人精神失常
10. part[pB:t]n.部分, 局部, 零件, 角色/vt.分开, 分离, 分配//vi.分开, 分手
Part of / A part of the meat was spoilt.一部分肉已经坏了。
Which part do you play?你演哪一个角色?
A huge rock parts the stream.一块巨大的岩石使溪水分流。
It's not easy to part with one's children.同自己的子女分离是不容易的。
The friends parted: Jane went home and Mary went to the library.
两个朋友分别了，简回家，玛丽去图书馆。
play the part of(在戏中)扮演/play a part in(在...中)扮演角色; (在...中)起作用/do one's part尽自己职责, 尽自己一份力量/on one's part
在...方面, 就...来说, 由...所做出的/take in good part不被……触怒
12. hughug[hQ^]n.拥抱//vt. 搂；紧靠
例：He gave her a hug.他紧紧拥抱她。
He hugged his daughter.他紧紧拥抱他的女儿。
The boat hugged the coast.船紧靠海岸行驶。
[常用词组]give sb. a big hug[口]紧紧抱住某人/hug oneself at(on)
(为...而)深自庆幸, 沾沾自喜/hug oneself for(为...而)深自庆幸, 沾沾自喜
13. bow[bau]n.弓, 乐弓, 弓形, 鞠躬, 船首//v.鞠躬, 弯腰
例：The little girl tied the ribbon in a bow.小女孩把饰带打成个蝴蝶结。
I can't agree with you but I bow to your greater experience and knowledge.虽然我不同意你的意见,但我佩服你经验和知识比我丰富
。
[记忆技巧]bow+er（人）=bower n. 鞠躬（作揖），点头（表示谢意的）人
[常用词组]take a bow谢幕//bow out退休；告老；辞职；不做（某事）
/bow to sb.'s opinion屈从某人的意见
14. palm[pB:m]n.手掌, 棕榈/vt.与...握手
He put the insect on the palm of his hand.他把虫子放在他的手掌心。
Coconutsgrow on palm trees.椰子长在像棕榈的树上。
[常用词组]grease sb.'s palm买通某人, 向某人行贿/oil sb.'s palm
买通某人, 向某人行贿/palm sth. off以某物(假货或劣货)蒙混某人, 骗某人买东西
15. shrug[FrQ^]n.耸肩//v.耸肩
She shrugged and said ‘I don't know.’她耸耸肩说“我不知道。”
with a shrug of despair表示失望的一耸肩
[常用词组]shrug off耸肩对...表示不理; 一笑置之/shrug one's shoulder
耸耸肩膀
16. incredible[in5kredEbl]adj.<口>难以置信的
The film star has an incredible car in addition to a large house.
这个电影明星除了一幢很大的住宅外还有一辆极好的汽车。
[记忆技巧]in（不）+credible（可信的）=incredible
17. retell[5ri:5tel]vt.重讲
例：Would you please retell the text, Jack?杰克，请复述课文好吗？
[记忆技巧]re（再）+tell（告诉）=retell
18. bend[bend]v.弯曲, 专心于, 屈服//n.弯曲
She bent (over) to pick up a book from the floor.
她弯腰从地板上捡起一本书。
The stream bends to the west.这条小河折向西流。
a bend in the road道路的转弯处
[常用词组]round the bend发疯/bend before屈服；顺从/be bent on
决心要, 专心于/bend oneself to专心于, 致力于/bend over弯身作拱形; 俯身靠近; 屈服
19. detail[5di:teil, di5teil]n.细节, 详情/vt.详述, 细说
例：go into detail详述, 逐一细说/detail sth. (to /for sb. )(向某人）逐项列出
20. occur[E5kE:]vi.发生, 出现
例：The accident occurred at five o'clock.事故发生在五点钟。
An idea occurred to me.我想到一个主意。
[记忆技巧]occur(v.)+rence=occurrence n. 事件，事情
[常用词组]occur to sb.浮现在某人的脑海中; 被某人想到
21.focus[5fEukEs]n.(兴趣活动等的)中心, 焦点, 焦距, [医]病灶, [地](地震的)震源//vi.聚焦, 注视//vt.使集中在焦点上, 定焦点, 调焦
Because of his strange clothes, he immediately became the focus of attention when he entered the office.
他由于服装奇特,一走进办公室便成了大家注意的中心。
You must try to focus your mind on work and study. (喻)
你应该努力把思想集中在工作的学习上。
This photograph looks funny; I think you forgot to focus the camera.
这张照片看上去有些滑稽,我想你是忘了给照相机调焦距了。
[常用词组]in focus焦点对准，清晰/ou
t of focus焦点没有对准，模糊
come into focus(某物)轮廓明显, 清晰; (问题)突出
五、易混易错词语辨析
1.辨析help, aid and assist:
help是常用词，意义较aid, assist强，指“积极态度给予各方面的帮助”，强调“受助者得到帮助或好处”，并着重“受助者对帮助者的需要”，如：
Please help me arrange these papers. 请帮我整理这些文件。
aid 属较正式用语，强调“帮助受助者脱离困难或危险”，有时意味着“强者援助弱者”，如：
They aided flood victims.他们援助遭受水灾的灾民。
assist是正式用语，多指“在提供帮助时，帮助者起次要或起协助作用”，
如：She assisted him in his experiments.她协助他做实验。
2.辨析ask, inquire和question:
都含有“问”、“询问”的意思。
ask是常用词，指“为了了解某人或某事而提出问题，请别人解答或向别人打听消息”，如：
Excuse me. May I ask you a question? 请原谅， 我可以问个问题吗？
inquire是较正式的书面用词，含有”渴望知道某人或某事确实情况”的意思,如：He inquired your telephone number.他打听你的电话号码。
question指“对某事不断提出问题，以便了解详细情况”,如：
The suspect was questioned by the police.嫌疑犯受到警察审问。
3.辨析anger,rage和fury:
都含有“愤怒”、“生气”的意思。
anger是常用词，强烈的程度不定，有时也可以不露出来，如：
Though he felt his anger mounting, he kept perfect control of himself.
虽然他觉得越来越生气，但还是很好地控制住了自己。
rage指“大怒”，强调“愤怒强烈岛爆发而不能控制住”，如：
He flew into a rage.他大发雷霆。
fury语气比range强，指“暴怒”，如：
In his fury he broke his eyeglasses.盛怒之下，他摔坏了自己的眼镜。
4.辨析see,observe,notice和watch:
see有“看”或“看到”的意思，是个通用词，使用范围最广。see的使用范围虽然最广，但作为“看”的含义，不用于祈使句。
Look, he's coming.看，他来了。
Watch him. Don't let him escape. 看看他，别让他逃掉了。
As soon as he saw us, he picked a long pipe which was covered with coins.
他一看到我们就拿起了一颗镶有硬币的长长的管乐器。
observe和notice都有“看到”或“注意到”的意思，但observe强调“留心观察”。
The search proved difficult, for the puma was often observed at one place in the morning and at another place twenty miles away in the evening.
搜捕工作证明是很困难的，因为人们看到的这只美洲豹常常是早上在一个地方，而晚上又在二十英里之外的另一个地方。
而notice则包含着“偶然看到”的意思，其内涵是“看到目的物后要作出反应”。如：看到熟人常常打个招呼，看到一件事后在脑中进行判断。
... I happened to walking in my garden when I noticed a huge number of snails
taking a stroll on some of my prize plants....我偶然在花园走着走着，突然看到许多蜗牛在我的一些心爱的植物上悠闲地爬着。
watch表示“观看”或“监视”的意思，一般目的物应处于运动状态。
One day there were fewer people in the shop than usual when the woman came in,
so it was easier for the detective to watch her.
有一天，当那个妇女进来时，该店里的人比通常少一些，所以侦探比较容易监视她。
Unit 22 A world of fun
一、课文背景知识
迪斯尼世界（Disneyland）是一座主题游乐公园。所谓公园（Theme park),
就是园中的一切，从环境布置到娱乐设施都集中表现一个或几个特定的主题。在主题公园（Theme park）中，人们一会儿退到几千年前的古代社会，一会儿又走进想象中的 未来世界，一会儿坐在美国的小酒店中，一会儿又来到埃及金字塔下，一会儿在海底世界漫游，一会儿又在太空中翱翔。不管游客走到哪里，总有一种身临其境之感。
迪斯尼世界（Disneyland）位于佛罗里达州中部，它是世界上最大的综合游乐场。迪斯尼世界（Disneyland）的诞生，首先要归功于富于想象力和创造精神的美国动画片大师沃尔特.迪斯尼。1995年他在洛衫矶附近创办了第一座现代化的游乐园。取名迪斯尼乐园（Disneyland）。1964年人们可是筹建一座更大规模的游乐公园。这就是迪斯尼世界（Disneyland）。经过五年营造，迪斯尼世界（Disneyland）终于1971年10月向公众开放了。它耗资7.66亿美元，占地面积达109平方公里，是一座老少皆宜的游乐中心。
在迪斯尼世界（Disneyland）中，没有中央大街、小世界、海底两万里、明天的世界、拓荒之地和自由广场等。中央大街上有优雅的老式马车、古色古香的店铺和餐厅茶室等；小世界是专给孩子们设计、为他们所向往的娱乐天地；在“海底两万里”，人们可坐上特制的潜艇，时而来到一片升级勃勃的热带海床，时而又来到阴沉寂寥的寒带海床，尽情观赏五光十色的海底植物和水族，甚至还能看到满载珠宝货物的沉船和因地震陷落海底的古代城市；在“明天的世界”里，人们将置身于一个高度发达的环境中，并可亲自到“月球”上去游览一番；如果来到拓荒之地和自由广场，那就另是一个天地了，在这里人们可以重温当年各国移民在新大陆拓荒的种种情景，和英国殖民时期美州大陆的状况。走在迪斯尼世界（Disneyland）中，还经常会碰到一些演员扮成的米老鼠、唐老鸦、白雪公主和七个小矮人，更使儿童心复萌，游兴大发。
迪斯尼世界（Disneyland）不仅是个游乐场，同时又是一个旅游中心，游客来此还可以到附近的海滩游泳、滑冰、驾帆船，到深海捕鱼，乘气球绳空，或是参观附近的名胜古迹。这些丰富多彩的节目，给迪斯尼世界更增添了几分魅力。
二、疑难详解
1. At the world park, the largest theme park in China, visitors can look at buildings, castles and statues from more than thirty countries. 在中国最大的公园---世界公园里，游人可以看到来自30多个国家的不同风格的建筑，城堡和雕像。
[问]能给我们介绍一下the world park, the largest theme park in China吗？
[答]我们简单地介绍一下1中国最大的公园---世界公园，它通过世界五大洲近百个名胜古迹的微缩景观和多采的活动内容，向游客展示了世界各国的建筑、雕塑、绘画、音乐、舞蹈、服饰和餐饮文化。游客在轻松愉快的参观游览过程中能得到丰富的文化享受。
2. At the China Ethnic Culture Park, people can learn about hte customs, costumes,and culture of China's fifty -five Chinese minorities.在中国民族文化公园，人们可以了解中国55个少数民族的风俗，服饰和文化。
[问]能介绍一下China Ethnic Culture Park吗？
[答]好的，下面我介绍一下中国民族文化公园：它是国内第一个荟萃个民族民间艺术、民俗风情和民居建筑于一圆的大型文化游览景区，它占地20万平方米，村内24个各具有特色的山寨、庭院和街市按原貌以1：1的比例建成，并以“源于生活、高于生活、荟萃精华、有所舍取”为建村原则，从不同角度多侧面地反映了中国丰富多采的民俗文化。村寨的风情表演、中心剧场的民族歌舞表演和民族文化广场的大型广场艺术汇演，从三不同层次将民族歌舞艺术的神韵展示得淋漓尽致。同时五十六个民族风格迥异的节日庆典活动也在中国民俗文化村进行得红红火火，傣族的泼水节，彝族的火把节、苗族的芦笙节以及华夏民族大庙会等活动将游客带入了一个迷人的民族文化空间。“二十四个村寨，五十六族风情”， 中国民俗文化村以其原汁原味的民族风情、辉煌壮观的广场汇演、优美和谐的旅游氛围吸引着世界各地的每一位游客。本句中的五十五个民族不包括汉族。
3. What they all have in common is having fun and experiencing something different. 他们的共性就在于他们都比较有趣而且人们在那儿也可以经历不同的事。
[问]能给我们分析一下这个句子的结构吗？
[答]这个句子的结构比较复杂，What they all havew in common是一个主语从句，而having fun and experiencing something different是动名短语作表语。
名题精选：___the 2000 Olympic Games will be held in Beijing is not known yet.
A. Whenever B. If C. Whether D. That
答案C。 从谓语“还不知道”可确定，主语从句的引导此应为“是否”排除A、D。而“If”作是否“讲时，不能用于句首，多用于宾语从句，排除B。
4. Many people come to theme parks looking for thrills and entertainment. 很多人到主题公园来寻找刺激和娱乐。
[问]请问looking for thrills and entertainment是什么意思？
[答]looking for thrills and entertainment是“寻找刺激和娱乐”的意思，是现在分词作状语，这是本单元的语法重点，下面我们作一下简要介绍：（1）现在分词作伴随状语。
例如： They stood there waiting for the bus. 他们站在那儿等公共汽车。
（2）现在分词作时间、原因或条件状语时，通常位于句子的前部；作方式、伴随或结果状语时，通常位于句子的后部。
例如：Walking in the street, I saw her. (时间状语）正在街上走着，我看见了她。
The parents died, leavign him an orphan. (结果状语）父母亲去世了，他成了一个孤儿。
（3）现在分词的独立结构。
现在分词所表示的动作的逻辑主语一般和句子的主语一致；但有的现在分词短语有它自己的独立的主语（在分词短语之前），这种主语常常是 名词或代词（主格）；这种结构叫做独立结构，只能作状语。
例如：The rain being over, we continued to march. [时间状语]雨过之后，我们继续前进。
（4）有时也可用“with (或 without)+名词（或代词宾格）+分词”的结构表伴随情况。
例如：The boy returned, (with)his nose bleeding. [如果省去with就是分词的独立结构]
那孩子回来了，鼻子流着血。
名题精选：There was a terrible noise ___ the sudden burst of light. (1989年高考题）
A. followed B. following C. to be followed D. being followed
答案：B。follow只能加单宾语，现在其后已有宾语，因此不能用被动式，排除C、D。followed若是过去分词，则有被动意义，不能用；若是过去式，则其前还缺定语从句的主语which或that, 故排除A。 本句意为“在那突然的光闪过之后是一声可怕的巨响。”
5. But theme parks also try to make sure that visitors leave knowing more about the diea behind the park. 主题公园也尽力保证游者在离开后仍能更多地了解主题公园的内涵。
[问]请问knowing more about the diea behind the park在这里是什么结构？
[答]knowing more about the diea behind the park在这里也是分词结构作伴随状语。
名题精选：The picture ___ on the wall is painted by my nephew.
A. having hung B. hanging C. hangs D. being hung
答案B. 因主语“The picture"已有谓语“is painted ” 与之搭配，选项动词则排除谓语动词C （除非其前有which与之构成定语从句）。又因“悬挂”不是发生在谓语动词之前，不用完成时，排除A。要强调正“悬挂着”的状态，用不及物动词词性，不是强调“正在被挂”的动作，不用被动语态，排除D。
6. A good example of a theme park that both educates and entertains is Ocean Park. in Hong Kong. 既教育人也使人享受娱乐的一个主题公园的最好的例子就是香港海洋公园。
[ 问]能给我们详细介绍一下香港的海洋公园吗？
[答]好的，香港海洋公园是世界最大的海洋公园之一，占地170英亩。公园建筑分布于南郎山上及黄竹坑谷地。山上以海洋馆、海洋剧场、海涛馆、机动游戏为主。山下则有水上乐园、花园剧场、金鱼馆及仿照历代文物所建的集古村，仿中国宫廷建筑，村内有亭台楼阁、庙宇街景，反映中国历史风貌，使中国古代街景重现，并有民间艺术表演。由中央政府赠送的大熊猫安安和佳佳，于1999年首次公开免费让市民参观。往来于园 ，可乘空吊车或电动扶梯。
7. The park is dicided into two sections. 公园分成两部分。
[问]请解释一下is divided into 的含义？
[答] be divided into 是被分成……的意思，注意；divided (常与in，into连用）分开；划分
例如：The Nile dicides near its mouth and forms a delta.
尼罗河在靠近河口的地方分开，形成一个三角洲。
Let's dicide ourselves into several groups. 我们分成几个小组吧。
This class is too large, we hsall have to divide ti for oral practice.这个班级太大，我们必须把它分成小班作口语练习。
8. Having enjoyed the rides at the Headland, visitors can take the shuttle to the Lowland.在Headland 享受了乘车游览，游人可以乘坐空中缆车到Lowland。
[问]Having enjoyed the rides在这里是什么意思？
[答]Having enjoyed the rides是“享受了乘车游览的乐趣”的意思。在这里是现在分词的完成时作状语，表示其动作发生在主句的动作之前，visitour与enjoy是主谓关系，故用现在分词。
名题精选：___ such heavy pollution already, it may be too late to clean up the river.
A. Having suffered
B. Suffering
C. That. D. Suffered
答案A 。suffer与主句it是主谓关系，所以用现在分词，且“已遭受污染”应用现在分词的完成时作状语。
9. Another big theme park in the US is Universal Studios in Florida. 在美国的另一个大的主题公园就是佛罗里达的全球工作室。
[问]请介绍一下Universal Studios in Florida.
[答]Universal Studios in Florida.是佛罗里达的全球工作室，是沃尔特晚年筹划的另一个主题公园，但他不幸染上了肺癌，却依然把心思和精力都放在了筹划佛罗里达州的新乐园“迪斯尼世界”上。
10. Entering one of the attractions at Universal Studios is like stepping into the world of your favorite film.进入全球工作室的一处吸引人的地方，就像进入你最喜欢的电影世界中。
[问]能仔细分析一下这个句子的结构吗？
[答]好的，Entering one of the attractions at Universal Studios是这个句子的主语，它是一个动名词结构，后面的stepping into the world of your favorite film也是一个动名词短语作介词like的宾语，它们一起构成表语。
名题精选：One learns a language by making mistakes and ___ them. (2001年北京高考题）
A. correct B. correcting C. corrects D. to correct
答案B。 correcting them与makeing mistakes是并列成分，均是动名词作介词by的宾语。句意为：一个人是通过犯错误和纠正错误的方法来学习语言的。
11。 Visitors can go on exciting rides where they can feel what it is like to do the things they have seen their heroes do the things they have seen their heroes do in the film.
游人们能够继续乘车游览那个地方，他们感到他们所做的事就像在电影中看到的那些主角做的一样。
[问]请给我们分析一下这个句子的句法结构。
[答]go on exciting rides在这里是“继续乘车游览”的意思。这个句子是一个多重复合句 where they can feel what it is like to do the things they have seen their heroes do the things they have seen their heroes do in the film.是一个状语从句 中的the things又被一个定语从句they have seen their heroes do in the film所修饰。
12. The roller coaster is still a favorite and no theme park would be complete without one. 乘坐过山车一直是特别受人喜爱的，没有它，就没有哪一个主题公园是完美的。
[问]be complete 中的complete是形容词吗？能给我们详细地讲讲吗？
[答] 是的，complete在这里是形容词“完整”的意思。
例如：This is a complete story. 这是一个完整的故事。
He was in complete accord with the verdict. 他完全同意此次裁决。
complete 还可以作adj. “结束的；完成的；终了的”
例如：This year is now complete. 今年这一年到此结束。
complete作动词是“完美；使完整；完成”
例如：The work is not completed yet. 这个工作还未完成。
When will work on the highway be complete?高速公路什么时候能完工？
13. The cars run faster, the tracks are higher, and you must be ready to go through twists, loops and drops. 车跑的更快，轨道更高，你必须做好经过一些弯曲的轨道，走环行道、陡坡的准备。
[问]go through 是什么意思？
[答]go through在本句是“经历；经受；遭到”的意思。
例如：These countries have gone/been through too many wars. 这些国家饱经战火。
另外它还有“完成；做完”“通过；批准”的意思。
例如：The new has gone through Parliament. 议会已经通过了这项法案。
Their plans went through. 他们的计划得到了批准。
You should go through the official channels to get help instead of through private relationship. 你应该通过官方渠道而不是通过私人关系寻求帮助。
14. Some thrill rides will let you feel what it is like to fall through the air: you sit in a car that "falls"from a tall tower and you scream your way down to a safe landing. 一些游览将会让你有从空中坠落的感觉，你坐在一辆由高塔下降的车里面，让你沿途尖叫直到安全着陆。
[问]be liked to 在本句中是什么意思？
[答]be liked to的意思是“可能”。
例如：It is likely to rain. 看来要下雨了。
请注意用likely还是probable likely的主语可以是人、物或it， 其句型结构为（1）主语（人或物）+be+likely+动词不定式
（2）It is +likely +that 从句
例如：可能会天晴。
The weather is likely to be fine.l
It is likely that the weather will be fine. probable 的主语一般只能用it：
例如；It is probable that hte weather will be fine.
三、本单元高考热点归纳与拓展
[概述]
本单元的语法重点是动词的-ing 形式做状语，我们在课文疑难详细解答，
在这里不在重复，其交际项目为：观光、游览。下面我就此交际功能项目做一些举例。
例如：（1）Anything interesting to see here? 这个地方有什么有趣的东西可看？
Are there any places of historic interest? 有什么历史遗迹吗？
What is this city famous for? 这座城市以什么著名？
（2）I'd like to look around the city. 我想周游这个城市。
Let's make a day of it.我们痛痛快快地玩一天。
I think the guide will tell us all about sites of interest.我想导游会给我们详细介绍名胜古迹的。
Are you tired from all the walking.一路走来你累了吗？
I'd like to buy some souvenirs.我想买一些纪念品。
下面我们看与本单元的语法与交际功能相关的一些典型例题：
[经典解析]
例:1. He was sad because of __ any chance of his going to college. ( 黄冈试题）
A. there being not B. there not being C. not there being D. there was not
简析：答案B。这是动名词的复合结构作介词的宾语，其否定式应在动名词前加not。
例：2. __ the meeting himself gave them a great deal of encouragement.
(2003上海春季高考题）
A. The president will attend B. The president to attend
C. The president attended D. The president's attending
简析：答案D。结合语境分析句子结构，所填空处连同其后的the meeting himself 应该为句子的主语部分，故首先排除A、C两项；因句子的时态为一般过去时，总经理亲自参加会议是指过去的动作而非将要参加的会议，故排除B；D项为动名词的复合结构作主语。
例：3. I can't fix my mind on my work with the children __ so noisily outside my window.( 黄冈试题）
A. playing B. to play C. played D.being played.
简析：答案A。这是“with +名词+v. -ing”的结构，是独立主格结构，在句子中作状语。其句意是：孩子们在窗外如此吵闹，我无法专心工作。
例：4.I've won a holiday for two to Florida. I___ my mum.
(2001年春季高考题）
A.am taking B.have taken C. take D. will have taken.
简析：答案A。此处是表将来，排除B、C两项。A项是进行时表将来，表示按计划、安排即将发生的动作。D项是将来完成时，是个相对另一个将来时间而存在的状态，强调该动作先于将来的另一个动作，而上下文中没有提供另一个将来的时间，因此排除D。
例：5.___ at the door before entering please. ( 黄冈试题）
A. Knocked B. To knock C. Knocking D. Knock
简析：答案D。这是祈使句，要用动词原形。
例：6.Europe football is played in 80 countries, __ it the most popular sport
in the world. (1998年全国高考题）
A. making B. makes C. make D. to make.
简析：答案A。“八十多个国家都踢欧式足球，这使其成为世界上最流行的运动。”此处应选现在分词作状语。此题可用排除法来考虑：不表目的不用不定式，排除D。 其后跟宾语和宾语补足语，不可能是被动的，排除C；不是完整的句子，不用谓语动词，排除B。
四、生词详解
amusement[E5mju:zmEnt]n.娱乐, 消遣, 娱乐活动
Big cities have many amusements.大城市有许多娱乐。
I amuse myself with (by) reading.我以读书自娱。
[记忆技巧]知道了amusement就一定能知道其动词amuse vt.给……娱乐（消遣）
[常用词组]be amused as 以……为乐；对……觉得有趣（好笑）/be amused by 以...为乐; 对...觉得有趣[好笑]/be amused with以...为乐; 对...觉得有趣[好笑]/amuse oneself with以...自娱
2. attraction[E5trAkFEn]n.吸引, 吸引力, 吸引人的事物
The idea of working for state-owned enterprises has little attraction to young people nowadays.现时去国营企业就职的想法对年青人没有多大吸引力。
The tides are caused by the attraction of the moon for the earth.
潮汐是由月亮对地球的引力引起的。
She was attract many bees. 鲜花招引来许多蜜蜂。
[记忆技巧]知道了attraction就一定能知道其动词attract vt. 吸引 vi. 有吸引力，引起注意；其形容词 attractive adj. 有吸引力的
3. minority[mai5nCriti]n.少数, 少数民族,未成年
We're in the minority, more people are against us than with us.
赞成我们的居少数；我们成了少数派。
The minority nationality concert lasted two hours.
少数民族音乐会持续了两个小时。
The nation wants peace; only a minority want(s) the war to continue.
全国人民要和平,只有少数人希望继续打仗。
He is in his minority.他尚未成年。
[记忆技巧]minor adj. 较小的，次要的，二流的，未成年的
[常用词组]be in a minority of one得不到任何人的支持
/be in the minority占少数
4. thrill [Wril]v.发抖//n.兴奋；激动；胆战心惊；欢乐
The traveller thrilled us with his stories.这位旅行者的经历使我们惊骇不已。
It gave me a thrill to know I had passed the examination.
我得知考试及格后很兴奋。
We thrilled at the good news.听到那好消息我们感到很兴奋。
[常用词组]thrill with joy 为喜悦所激动
5. entertainment[entE5teinmEnt]n.款待, 娱乐, 娱乐表演
例：A cinema is a place of entertainment.电影院是公众娱乐场所。
A science fiction cannot not be regarded as a mere entertainment, but in fact it tells the reader much more.
科幻小说不能简单地看成是供消遣的,而实际上它给读者展示更深刻的内容。
[记忆技巧]entertain+ -ment名词后缀
[常用词组]give an entertainment to sb.招待某人//the entertainment of guests对宾客的招待/a house of entertainment 娱乐场；旅馆；酒馆/to the entertainment of 使感到有趣的是/hold a farewell entertainment 举行欢送会
6. conversation[7kCnvE5seiFEn]n.会话, 交谈
I had a long conversation with your teacher.
我和你们老师进行了长时间的谈话。
[记忆技巧]converse（vi. 谈话）变名词=conversation
[常用词组]get into conversation with和...攀谈（起来）/have a conversation with和...交谈［会谈］/in conversation with(在)和...谈话
7. institution[7insti5tju:FEn]n.公共机构, 协会, 制度
例：Giving presents on Christmas is an institution.圣诞节送礼是一种风俗。
Marriage became an institution in ancient societies.
婚姻在古代社会就已经成为一种制度。
[记忆技巧]institute(vt. 创立，开始，制定）+ion 变 n. institution
8. coastal[5kEustl]adj.海岸的, 沿海的
例：Shanghai is a coastal city. 上海是一座沿海城市。
9. divide[di5vaid]v.分, 划分, 分开, 隔开；（常与in，into连用）分开；划分
The Nile divides near its mouth and forms a delta.
尼罗河在靠近河口的地方分开，形成一个三角洲。
Let's divide ourselves into several groups.我们分成几个小组吧。
How shall we divide up the labour in the work?我们怎样分工?
[记忆技巧]divide变名词=division n. 分开，区分，除法，公司，（军事）师，分配，分界线
10. section[5sekFEn]n.部分, 断片, 部件, 节, 项, 区, 地域, 截面
One section of the class was reading and the other section was writing.
班上的一部分人在看书，另一部分人在写东西。
Divide the class into five sections of six students each.
把班级分成五个小组,每组六个学生。
[记忆技巧]sect（部分，段）+ion=section
[常用词组]show sth. in section把某物以断面显示出来
build in sections分段制造
11. discovery[dis5kQvEri]n.发现, 发明的东西
例：His discoveries included 300 uses for peanuts and 200 uses for sweet potatoes.他的发现包括花生的三百种用途和红薯的二百种用途。
The discovery of oil on their land made the people rapidly rich.
他们土地上发现了石油使这里的人们家很快致富了。
[记忆技巧]discovery（v. 发现）+ y 变名词 = discovery
12. butterfly[5bQtEflai]n.[动]蝴蝶//蝶泳
a butterfly stroke蝶式游泳
[记忆技巧]butter (牛油）+fly （n. 苍蝇）=butterfly，相关词组：dragonfly 蜻蜓，cheese fly 干酪蝇，fruit fly 果蝇
[常用词组]as light as a butterfly 轻浮
13. injury[5indVEri]n.伤害, 侮辱
to suffer injuries to the head头部受伤
I take it as a personal injury. 我认为这是对个人的侮辱。
[记忆技巧]injure （v. 伤害）去e+y=injury
[常用词组]be an injury to 伤害...， 危害...，对...有害/do sth. an injury 伤害某人/do an injury to sb. 伤害某人
14. achievement [E5tFi:vmEnt]n.成就, 功绩
Flying across the Atlantic for the first time was a great achievement.
首次飞越大西洋是一个伟大的功绩。
Such a goal was impossible of achievement.
这样的目标是不可能实现的。
[记忆技巧]achieve (vt. 完成）+ment=achievement
15. darkness darkness[5dB:knis]n.黑暗, 漆黑
例：We couldn't see the houses in the darkness.
[记忆技巧]dark(adj. 黑暗的）+ ness 变名词=darkness
[常用词组]pitch darkness 漆黑，伸手不见掌/darkness visible 漆黑，极黑
16. twist[twist]n. 扭曲, 盘旋, 歪曲//vt.拧, 扭曲, 编织//vi.扭弯, 扭曲
a road full of twists and turns弯弯曲曲的路
The path twisted up the hill.这条小路盘绕在小山上。
Twist the lid to open it.拧这盖儿打开它。
[常用词组]a twist in one's tongue发音不清, 口齿不清/twist it down
狼吞虎咽/twist off扭断; 扭[拧]开/twist up把...卷成螺旋形; 扭弯; 歪曲
17. motion[5mEuFEn]n.运动, 动作//v.运动
You must not get out of the car when it is in motion.
汽车行驶的时候千万不能下车。
Motion itself is a contradiction.运动本身就是矛盾。
She motioned to the waiter.他向侍者打了个手势。
[记忆技巧]拉丁词根mot动+ion =motion
[常用词组]go through the motions of[口]装出...的样子, 走过场, 虚应故事/in motion在开动中, 在运转中; 处于兴奋[骚动]状态/make a motion
用手示意; 提议, 动议/put （set ）sth. in motion 开动某物，调动某物
18. splash splash[splAF]n.溅, 飞溅, 斑点//v.溅, 泼, 溅湿
The rain came down in a splash.瓢泼大雨哗哗而下 。
The children splashed in the pool.孩子们在水池里溅水。
Don't splash me: I don't want to get wet.不要往我身上溅水，我不想弄湿。
[常用词组]make [cut] a splash发出泼溅声; [喻]摆阔, 摆排场, 炫耀, 引起哄动/with a splash啪嚓[扑通]一声/splash about站[坐]在水中打水, 戏水/splash with在...上溅(泥等), 在...上浇洒/splash on [onto]往...上面溅(水等)
19. imagination[i7mAdVi5neiFEn]n.想象, 空想, 想象的事物, 想象力, 听觉
His imagination played round that queer idea.他老是想着那个怪念头。
You didn't really see it — it was just your imagination.你没有真正看到它，这只是你的想象。
[记忆技巧]imagine (vt. 落千丈想象，设想）去e加ation=imagination
[常用词组]beyond(all) imagination(完全)出乎意料地/draw on (one's) imagination杜撰, 编造/have a good imagination想象力好[差]; [谑]很会[不会]说谎/have a poor imagination想象力好[差]; [谑]很会[不会]说谎
20. designer[di5zainE]n.阴谋家,设计家,制图师
例：I want to be a designer. 我想要成为设计师。
[记忆技巧]design（v. 设计）+ er 变动作的执行者= designer
21.endless[5endlis]adj.无止境的, 无穷的
例：There is endless work to do when you have children in the house.
当你家里有了孩子时，你就有干不完的活。
The aircraft was able to fly over the endless white plains without difficulty.飞机能够毫无困难地飞越这一望无际的茫茫雪原。
The voyage seemed endless.这次海上航行的旅程似乎没有尽头。
[记忆技巧]end (n. 末端，结束）+less 后缀（无……）=endless
[常用词组]at loose end 无所事事/at an end 完成/keep one's end up (面对困难）坚持不懈/make (both) ends meet 收支相抵
五、易混易错词语辨析
1.辨析attract, fascinate 和charm:
都含有“吸引”，或“给人以喜悦之感”的意思。
attract指“以悦人的姿态使人喜欢、羡慕或注目”，如：
He was attracted by her beauty.他被她的美貌所吸引。
fascinate指“使人非常感兴趣，以致于要继续看下去或做下去等”，如：
The children were fascinated by all the toys in the shop windows.
那些孩子被商店橱窗里所有 玩具迷住了。
charm指“使人喜悦”、“使迷醉”， 如：
Her beauty voice charms everyone.
2.辨析conversation，chat，dialogue，discussion和 talk：
都含有“交谈”的意思。
conversation指“无拘束或非正式的谈话”，如：
We had a long telephone conversations.
我们通过谈话做了长时间的交谈。
chat指“闲谈”、“聊天”，如：
We need less chat and more work if we're to finish this job today.
如果我们打算今天完成这件工作的话，那就要少聊天，多工作。
dialogue指“对方对话或戏剧的对白”，如：
The dialogue remained light and friendly.
谈话一直保持轻松的愉快和友好的气氛。
discuss指“讨论”、“商议”，如：
I had a long discussion with my friends about the matter.
这件事我跟朋友们商讨了很久。
talk指“非正式谈话”，用于较随便的场合，如：
I met Mrs. Jones at the shop and had a long talk with her.
我在商店遇见了琼斯夫人，同她谈了很长时间。
3.辨析separate, divide 和part:
都含有“分开”的意思。
separate指“把原来在一起的 人或物分开”，如：
Separate those two boys woh are fighting, will you?
( 你)把那两个打架的孩子拉开，好吗？
divide指“施加外力或自然把某人或某物由整体分成若干部分”，如：
Divide the candies among the children.给孩子们把糖块分开。
part指“把密切相关的人或物分开”，如：Part gold from silver.把金银分开。
４.辨析go on doing sth., go on to do sth. 和go on with +名词
都含有继续做某事的意思。
go on doing sth继续做某事；指前后做的是同一件事：
Go on reading Lesson Three.继续读第三课。（刚才读的就是第三课）
go on to do sth接着又做另一件事；指前后做的不是同一件事：
Go on to read Lesson Three.接着读第三课。
（刚才也许读的是第二课或者干别的什么事）
go on with+名词 继续做某件事；前后做的是同一件事；
但中间有暂停情况；
I went on with my story just where I had left off.
我继续在我刚才停下的地方读故事。
21世纪教育网 -- 中国最大型、最专业的中小学教育资源门户网站。 版权所有@21世纪教育网
浙公网安备 33021202002483